[MIPS] Implement O32 FPXX, FP64 and FP64A ABI extensions
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
4b95cf5c 2@c Copyright (C) 1991-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH
3@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
4@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
5@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
6@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
7@c in config/tc-*.c
8@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 9@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
10@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
11@c %**start of header
12@setfilename as.info
13@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
14@macro gcctabopt{body}
15@code{\body\}
16@end macro
252b5132
RH
17@c defaults, config file may override:
18@set have-stabs
19@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
20@c man begin NAME
21@c ---
252b5132 22@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 23@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 24@c ---
0285c67d 25@c man end
4a4c4a1d 26@c ---
252b5132 27@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
28@ifset COFF
29@set COFF-ELF
30@end ifset
31@ifset ELF
32@set COFF-ELF
33@end ifset
252b5132
RH
34@ifset AOUT
35@set aout-bout
36@end ifset
37@ifset ARM/Thumb
38@set ARM
39@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
40@ifset Blackfin
41@set Blackfin
42@end ifset
252b5132
RH
43@ifset BOUT
44@set aout-bout
45@end ifset
46@ifset H8/300
47@set H8
48@end ifset
252b5132
RH
49@ifset SH
50@set H8
51@end ifset
52@ifset HPPA
53@set abnormal-separator
54@end ifset
55@c ------------
56@ifset GENERIC
57@settitle Using @value{AS}
58@end ifset
59@ifclear GENERIC
60@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
61@end ifclear
62@setchapternewpage odd
63@c %**end of header
64
65@c @smallbook
66@c @set SMALL
67@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
68@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
69@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
70@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 71@c
252b5132
RH
72@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
73@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
74@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
75@c break.
01642c12 76@c
252b5132
RH
77@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
78@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
79@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
80@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 81@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
82@ifinfo
83@set SMALL
84@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
85@c might as well show 'em anyways.
86@end ifinfo
87
9160ea82
AM
88@ifnottex
89@dircategory Software development
90@direntry
252b5132 91* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 92* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
93@end direntry
94@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
95
96@finalout
97@syncodeindex ky cp
98
0e9517a9 99@copying
252b5132
RH
100This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
101
0285c67d 102@c man begin COPYRIGHT
4b95cf5c 103Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 104
0285c67d 105Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 106under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
107or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
108with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
109Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 110section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
111
112@c man end
0e9517a9 113@end copying
252b5132
RH
114
115@titlepage
116@title Using @value{AS}
117@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
118@ifclear GENERIC
119@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
120@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
121@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
122@sp 1
123@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
124@end ifset
252b5132
RH
125@sp 1
126@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
127@sp 1
128@sp 13
b45619c0 129The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 130Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 131first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
132The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
133distracting the boss while they got some work
134done.
135@sp 3
136@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
137@page
138@tex
139{\parskip=0pt
140\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
141\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
142}
143%"boxit" macro for figures:
144%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
145\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
146 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
147#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
148\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
149@end tex
150
151@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
4b95cf5c 152Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 153
cf055d54 154 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 155 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
156 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
157 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
158 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 159 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 160
252b5132 161@end titlepage
4ecceb71 162@contents
252b5132 163
2e64b665 164@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
165@node Top
166@top Using @value{AS}
167
e49e529d
JM
168This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
169@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
170@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
171@end ifset
172version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 173@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 174This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
175code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
176@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
177
178This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
179Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 180section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 181
252b5132
RH
182@menu
183* Overview:: Overview
184* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
185* Syntax:: Syntax
186* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
187* Symbols:: Symbols
188* Expressions:: Expressions
189* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
190@ifset ELF
191* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
192@end ifset
252b5132
RH
193* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
194* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
195* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 196* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 197* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 198@end menu
2e64b665 199@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
200
201@node Overview
202@chapter Overview
203@iftex
a4fb0134 204This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 205@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 206This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
207code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
208@end ifclear
209@end iftex
210
211@cindex invocation summary
212@cindex option summary
213@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 214Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 215see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 216
0285c67d
NC
217@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
218
a4fb0134 219@ignore
0285c67d
NC
220@c man begin SEEALSO
221gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
222@c man end
a4fb0134 223@end ignore
0285c67d 224
252b5132
RH
225@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
226@c to be limited to one line for the header.
227@smallexample
0285c67d 228@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 229@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 230 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 231 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565 232 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
b40bf0a2
NC
233 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--gdwarf-sections}]
234 [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
4bdd3565
NC
235 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
236 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
237 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}] [@b{-o}
238 @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}] [@b{--statistics}]
239 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}] [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}]
a0b7da79 240 [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}] [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
21be61f5 241 [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
a0b7da79
MM
242 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
243 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134
SC
244@c
245@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 246@c Add an empty line for separation.
a06ea964
NC
247@ifset AARCH64
248
249@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
250 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
69091a2c 251 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
a06ea964 252@end ifset
625e1353
RH
253@ifset ALPHA
254
255@emph{Target Alpha options:}
256 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
257 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 258 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
259 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
260 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
261@end ifset
252b5132 262@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
263
264@emph{Target ARC options:}
265 [@b{-marc[5|6|7|8]}]
266 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
267@end ifset
268@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
269
270@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 271@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
272 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
273 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
274 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
275 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 276 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 277 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
278 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
279 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
280 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 281 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 282@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
283@ifset Blackfin
284
285@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
286 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
287 [@b{-mfdpic}]
288 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
289 [@b{-mnopic}]
290@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
291@ifset CRIS
292
293@emph{Target CRIS options:}
294 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
295 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
296 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 297 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
298@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
299@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
300@end ifset
252b5132 301@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
302
303@emph{Target D10V options:}
304 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
305@end ifset
306@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
307
308@emph{Target D30V options:}
309 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 310@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
311@ifset EPIPHANY
312
313@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
314 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
315@end ifset
252b5132 316@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
317
318@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
319 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
320@end ifset
321@ifset HPPA
322@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
323@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
324@ifset I80386
325
326@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 327 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 328 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
329@end ifset
330@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
331
332@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 333@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
334 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
335 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
336 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 337@end ifset
587fe2b3 338@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 339
9e32ca89
NC
340@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
341 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
342 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
343 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 344 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 345 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 346 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
347 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
348@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
349@ifset IP2K
350
351@emph{Target IP2K options:}
352 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
353@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
354@ifset M32C
355
356@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 357 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 358@end ifset
587fe2b3 359@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 360
a4fb0134
SC
361@emph{Target M32R options:}
362 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 363 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 364@end ifset
252b5132 365@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
366
367@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
368 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 369@end ifset
60bcf0fa 370@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
371
372@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 373 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
374 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
375 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 376 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
377 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
378 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
379@end ifset
380@ifset MCORE
381
382@emph{Target MCORE options:}
383 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
384 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 385@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
386@ifset METAG
387
388@emph{Target Meta options:}
389 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}]
390@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
391@ifset MICROBLAZE
392@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
393@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
394@end ifset
252b5132 395@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
396
397@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 398 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 399 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 400 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5 401 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
351cdf24
MF
402 [@b{-mfp64}] [@b{-mgp64}] [@b{-mfpxx}]
403 [@b{-modd-spreg}] [@b{-mno-odd-spreg}]
437ee9d5 404 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 405 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
ae52f483
AB
406 [@b{-mips32r3}] [@b{-mips32r5}] [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
407 [@b{-mips64r3}] [@b{-mips64r5}]
437ee9d5 408 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
ba92f887 409 [@b{-mnan=@var{encoding}}]
437ee9d5 410 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 411 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
df58fc94 412 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 413 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 414 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 415 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 416 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 417 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
56d438b1 418 [@b{-mmsa}] [@b{-mno-msa}]
7d64c587 419 [@b{-mxpa}] [@b{-mno-xpa}]
ef2e4d86 420 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 421 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
833794fc 422 [@b{-minsn32}] [@b{-mno-insn32}]
2babba43 423 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
a8d14a88 424 [@b{-mfix-rm7000}] [@b{-mno-fix-rm7000}]
2babba43
MR
425 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
426 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 427 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 428 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
429@end ifset
430@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
431
432@emph{Target MMIX options:}
433 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
434 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
435 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 436 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134 437@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
438@ifset NIOSII
439
440@emph{Target Nios II options:}
441 [@b{-relax-all}] [@b{-relax-section}] [@b{-no-relax}]
442 [@b{-EB}] [@b{-EL}]
443@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
444@ifset NDS32
445
446@emph{Target NDS32 options:}
447 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}] [@b{-Os}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
448 [@b{-misa=@var{isa}}] [@b{-mabi=@var{abi}}] [@b{-mall-ext}]
449 [@b{-m[no-]16-bit}] [@b{-m[no-]perf-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]perf2-ext}]
450 [@b{-m[no-]string-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]dsp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]mac}] [@b{-m[no-]div}]
451 [@b{-m[no-]audio-isa-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-sp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-dp-ext}]
452 [@b{-m[no-]fpu-fma}] [@b{-mfpu-freg=@var{FREG}}] [@b{-mreduced-regs}]
453 [@b{-mfull-regs}] [@b{-m[no-]dx-regs}] [@b{-mpic}] [@b{-mno-relax}]
454 [@b{-mb2bb}]
455@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
456@ifset PDP11
457
458@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
459 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
460 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 461 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
462@end ifset
463@ifset PJ
464
465@emph{Target picoJava options:}
466 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
467@end ifset
468@ifset PPC
469
470@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
471 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
472 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
473 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mppc64}|
aea77599 474 @b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|@b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|
b36546d2 475 @b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|@b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|
5817ffd1
PB
476 @b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-ma2}|@b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
477 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}]
a4fb0134 478 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
479 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
480 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 481 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 482 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 483@end ifset
856ea05c
KP
484@ifset RL78
485
486@emph{Target RL78 options:}
487 [@b{-mg10}]
488 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
489@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
490@ifset RX
491
492@emph{Target RX options:}
493 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
c7927a3c 494 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
708e2187
NC
495 [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}]
496 [@b{-msmall-data-limit}]
497 [@b{-mpid}]
498 [@b{-mrelax}]
499 [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}]
500 [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}]
c7927a3c 501@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
502@ifset S390
503
504@emph{Target s390 options:}
505 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
506 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
507 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
508@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
509@ifset SCORE
510
511@emph{Target SCORE options:}
512 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
513 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
514 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
515 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
516@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
517@ifset SPARC
518
519@emph{Target SPARC options:}
520@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
521 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
522 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
523 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
524 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
525@end ifset
526@ifset TIC54X
527
528@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 529 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
530 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
531@end ifset
3c9b82ba 532
40b36596
JM
533@ifset TIC6X
534
535@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
536 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
537 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
538 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 539@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
540@ifset TILEGX
541
542@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 543 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
544@end ifset
545@ifset TILEPRO
546@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
547@end ifset
40b36596 548
2d8b84ae
SA
549@ifset XTENSA
550
551@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
552 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
553 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
554 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
555 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
a82c7d90 556 [@b{--[no-]trampolines}]
2d8b84ae
SA
557@end ifset
558
3c9b82ba
NC
559@ifset Z80
560
561@emph{Target Z80 options:}
562 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
563 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
564 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
565 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
566 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
567 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
568 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
569@end ifset
570
a4fb0134
SC
571@ifset Z8000
572@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 573@end ifset
e0001a05 574
0285c67d 575@c man end
252b5132
RH
576@end smallexample
577
0285c67d
NC
578@c man begin OPTIONS
579
a4fb0134 580@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 581@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 582
83f10cb2 583@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
584Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
585
a4fb0134 586@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
587@item -ac
588omit false conditionals
589
590@item -ad
591omit debugging directives
592
83f10cb2
NC
593@item -ag
594include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
595
252b5132
RH
596@item -ah
597include high-level source
598
599@item -al
600include assembly
601
602@item -am
603include macro expansions
604
605@item -an
606omit forms processing
607
608@item -as
609include symbols
610
611@item =file
612set the name of the listing file
613@end table
614
615You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
616listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
617the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
618
caa32fe5 619@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
620Begin in alternate macro mode.
621@ifclear man
622@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
623@end ifclear
caa32fe5 624
955974c6
CC
625@item --compress-debug-sections
626Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed
627to begin with @samp{.zdebug}, and the resulting object file may not be
628compatible with older linkers and object file utilities.
629
630@item --nocompress-debug-sections
631Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is the default.
632
252b5132
RH
633@item -D
634Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
635other assemblers.
636
3d6b762c
JM
637@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
638When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
639information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
640
252b5132
RH
641@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
642Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
643@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
644indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
645value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
646use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
647
648@item -f
649``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
650compiler output).
651
329e276d
NC
652@item -g
653@itemx --gen-debug
654Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
655debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
656ECOFF or DWARF2.
657
252b5132
RH
658@item --gstabs
659Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
660may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
661
05da4302
NC
662@item --gstabs+
663Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
664extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
665debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
666may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
667the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
668
329e276d 669@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 670Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 671may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 672option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 673
b40bf0a2
NC
674@item --gdwarf-sections
675Instead of creating a .debug_line section, create a series of
676.debug_line.@var{foo} sections where @var{foo} is the name of the
677corresponding code section. For example a code section called @var{.text.func}
678will have its dwarf line number information placed into a section called
679@var{.debug_line.text.func}. If the code section is just called @var{.text}
680then debug line section will still be called just @var{.debug_line} without any
681suffix.
682
21be61f5
L
683@item --size-check=error
684@itemx --size-check=warning
685Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
686
252b5132
RH
687@item --help
688Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
689
ea20a7da
CC
690@item --target-help
691Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
692
252b5132
RH
693@item -I @var{dir}
694Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
695
696@item -J
697Don't warn about signed overflow.
698
699@item -K
700@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
701This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
702@end ifclear
703@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
704Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
705@end ifset
706
707@item -L
708@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
709Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
710system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
711or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
712@ifclear man
713@xref{Symbol Names}.
714@end ifclear
252b5132 715
c3a27914
NC
716@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
717Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
718listing to @var{number}.
719
720@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
721Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
722lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
723
724@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
725Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
726@var{number} bytes.
727
728@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
729Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
730to @var{number} + 1.
731
252b5132 732@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 733Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
734
735@item -R
736Fold the data section into the text section.
737
4bdd3565
NC
738@kindex --hash-size=@var{number}
739Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
740@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
741assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
742memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
743requirements at the expense of speed.
744
745@item --reduce-memory-overheads
746This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
747assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
748@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
749
252b5132
RH
750@item --statistics
751Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
752assembly.
753
754@item --strip-local-absolute
755Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
756
757@item -v
758@itemx -version
a4fb0134 759Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
760
761@item --version
a4fb0134 762Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
763
764@item -W
2bdd6cf5 765@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
766Suppress warning messages.
767
2bdd6cf5
GK
768@item --fatal-warnings
769Treat warnings as errors.
770
771@item --warn
772Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
773
252b5132
RH
774@item -w
775Ignored.
776
777@item -x
778Ignored.
779
780@item -Z
781Generate an object file even after errors.
782
783@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
784Standard input, or source files to assemble.
785
786@end table
2a633939
JM
787@c man end
788
a06ea964
NC
789@ifset AARCH64
790
791@ifclear man
792@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
793for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
794@end ifclear
795
796@ifset man
797@c man begin OPTIONS
798The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
79964-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
800@c man end
801@c man begin INCLUDE
802@include c-aarch64.texi
803@c ended inside the included file
804@end ifset
805
806@end ifset
807
2a633939
JM
808@ifset ALPHA
809
810@ifclear man
811@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
812for an Alpha processor.
813@end ifclear
814
815@ifset man
816@c man begin OPTIONS
817The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
818processor.
819@c man end
820@c man begin INCLUDE
821@include c-alpha.texi
822@c ended inside the included file
823@end ifset
824
825@end ifset
252b5132 826
2a633939 827@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
828@ifset ARC
829The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
830an ARC processor.
831
a4fb0134 832@table @gcctabopt
0d2bcfaf
NC
833@item -marc[5|6|7|8]
834This option selects the core processor variant.
835@item -EB | -EL
836Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
252b5132
RH
837@end table
838@end ifset
839
840@ifset ARM
841The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
842processor family.
843
a4fb0134 844@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 845@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 846Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 847@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 848Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 849@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 850Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
851@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
852Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
853@item -mthumb
854Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 855@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
856Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
857@item -EB | -EL
858Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
859@item -mthumb-interwork
860Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
861ARM code in mind.
2e6976a8
DG
862@item -mccs
863Turns on CodeComposer Studio assembly syntax compatibility mode.
cdf82bcf
NC
864@item -k
865Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
866@end table
867@end ifset
635fb38d 868@c man end
252b5132 869
9982501a 870@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
871
872@ifclear man
873@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
874configured for the Blackfin processor family.
875@end ifclear
876
877@ifset man
878@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
879The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
880the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
881@c man end
882@c man begin INCLUDE
883@include c-bfin.texi
884@c ended inside the included file
885@end ifset
9982501a 886
9982501a
JZ
887@end ifset
888
635fb38d 889@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
890@ifset CRIS
891See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
892@end ifset
893
252b5132
RH
894@ifset D10V
895The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
896a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 897@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
898@cindex D10V optimization
899@cindex optimization, D10V
900@item -O
901Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
902@end table
903@end ifset
904
905@ifset D30V
906The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
907processor.
a4fb0134 908@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
909@cindex D30V optimization
910@cindex optimization, D30V
911@item -O
912Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
913
914@cindex D30V nops
915@item -n
916Warn when nops are generated.
917
918@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
919@item -N
920Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
921@end table
922@end ifset
731caf76
L
923@c man end
924
cfb8c092
NC
925@ifset EPIPHANY
926The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
927Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
928
56b13185
JR
929@ifclear man
930@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
931configured for an Epiphany processor.
932@end ifclear
cfb8c092 933
56b13185
JR
934@ifset man
935@c man begin OPTIONS
936The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
937an Epiphany processor.
938@c man end
939@c man begin INCLUDE
940@include c-epiphany.texi
0c76cae8
AM
941@c ended inside the included file
942@end ifset
943
944@end ifset
945
946@ifset H8300
947
948@ifclear man
949@xref{H8/300 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
950for an H8/300 processor.
951@end ifclear
952
953@ifset man
954@c man begin OPTIONS
955The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an H8/300
956processor.
957@c man end
958@c man begin INCLUDE
959@include c-h8300.texi
56b13185
JR
960@c ended inside the included file
961@end ifset
cfb8c092 962
cfb8c092
NC
963@end ifset
964
731caf76 965@ifset I80386
252b5132 966
731caf76
L
967@ifclear man
968@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
969configured for an i386 processor.
970@end ifclear
971
972@ifset man
973@c man begin OPTIONS
974The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
975an i386 processor.
976@c man end
977@c man begin INCLUDE
978@include c-i386.texi
979@c ended inside the included file
980@end ifset
981
982@end ifset
983
984@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
985@ifset I960
986The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
987Intel 80960 processor.
988
a4fb0134 989@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
990@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
991Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
992
993@item -b
994Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
995
996@item -no-relax
997Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
998error if necessary.
999
1000@end table
1001@end ifset
1002
a40cbfa3
NC
1003@ifset IP2K
1004The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 1005Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
1006
1007@table @gcctabopt
1008
1009@item -mip2022ext
1010Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
1011
1012@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 1013Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
1014just the basic IP2022 ones.
1015
1016@end table
1017@end ifset
1018
49f58d10
JB
1019@ifset M32C
1020The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1021Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
1022
1023@table @gcctabopt
1024
1025@item -m32c
1026Assemble M32C instructions.
1027
1028@item -m16c
1029Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
1030
c54b5932
DD
1031@item -relax
1032Enable support for link-time relaxations.
1033
1034@item -h-tick-hex
1035Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
1036
49f58d10
JB
1037@end table
1038@end ifset
1039
ec694b89
NC
1040@ifset M32R
1041The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 1042Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 1043
a4fb0134 1044@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
1045
1046@item --m32rx
1047Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
1048is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
1049
1050@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
1051Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 1052encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1053
1054@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
1055Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
1056encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1057
1058@end table
1059@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1060
1061@ifset M680X0
1062The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1063Motorola 68000 series.
1064
a4fb0134 1065@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1066
1067@item -l
1068Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1069
0285c67d
NC
1070@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1071@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1072@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1073Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1074is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1075
1076@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1077The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1078The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1079the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1080two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1081coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1082
1083@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1084The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1085unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1086
1087@end table
1088@end ifset
1089
36591ba1
SL
1090@ifset NIOSII
1091
1092@ifclear man
1093@xref{Nios II Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1094for an Altera Nios II processor.
1095@end ifclear
1096
1097@ifset man
1098@c man begin OPTIONS
1099The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1100Altera Nios II processor.
1101@c man end
1102@c man begin INCLUDE
1103@include c-nios2.texi
1104@c ended inside the included file
1105@end ifset
1106@end ifset
1107
e135f41b
NC
1108@ifset PDP11
1109
1110For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1111see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1112
a4fb0134 1113@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1114@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1115Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1116default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1117
1118@item -mall
1119@itemx -mall-extensions
1120Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1121
1122@item -mno-extensions
1123Disable all instruction set extensions.
1124
1125@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1126Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1127
1128@item -m@var{cpu}
1129Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1130disable all other extensions.
1131
1132@item -m@var{machine}
1133Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1134model, and disable all other extensions.
1135@end table
1136
1137@end ifset
1138
041dd5a9
ILT
1139@ifset PJ
1140The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1141a picoJava processor.
1142
a4fb0134 1143@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1144
1145@cindex PJ endianness
1146@cindex endianness, PJ
1147@cindex big endian output, PJ
1148@item -mb
1149Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1150
1151@cindex little endian output, PJ
1152@item -ml
1153Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1154
1155@end table
1156@end ifset
1157
60bcf0fa
NC
1158@ifset M68HC11
1159The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1160Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1161
a4fb0134 1162@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1163
6927f982 1164@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1165Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1166defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1167
6927f982
NC
1168@item --xgate-ramoffset
1169Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1170XGATE address space.
1171
2f904664
SC
1172@item -mshort
1173Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1174
1175@item -mlong
01642c12 1176Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1177
1178@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1179Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1180
1181@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1182Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1183
1370e33d 1184@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1185Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1186conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1187sub routine.
1188
1370e33d
NC
1189@item -S | --short-branches
1190Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1191when the offset is out of range.
1192
1193@item --strict-direct-mode
1194Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1195when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1196
1197@item --print-insn-syntax
1198Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1199
1200@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1201Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1202
1203@item --generate-example
6927f982 1204Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1205This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1206
1207@end table
1208@end ifset
1209
252b5132 1210@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1211The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1212for the SPARC architecture:
1213
a4fb0134 1214@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1215@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1216@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1217Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1218
1219@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1220@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1221
1222@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1223UltraSPARC extensions.
1224
1225@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1226For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1227equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1228
1229@item -bump
1230Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1231@end table
1232@end ifset
1233
39bec121
TW
1234@ifset TIC54X
1235The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1236architecture.
39bec121 1237
a4fb0134 1238@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1239@item -mfar-mode
1240Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1241extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1242@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1243Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1244@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1245Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1246behaviour in the shell.
1247@end table
1248@end ifset
1249
252b5132
RH
1250@ifset MIPS
1251The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
98508b2a 1252a MIPS processor.
252b5132 1253
a4fb0134 1254@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1255@item -G @var{num}
1256This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1257implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1258use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1259
1260@cindex MIPS endianness
1261@cindex endianness, MIPS
1262@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1263@item -EB
1264Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1265
1266@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1267@item -EL
1268Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1269
1270@cindex MIPS ISA
1271@item -mips1
1272@itemx -mips2
1273@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1274@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1275@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1276@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1277@itemx -mips32r2
ae52f483
AB
1278@itemx -mips32r3
1279@itemx -mips32r5
4058e45f 1280@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1281@itemx -mips64r2
ae52f483
AB
1282@itemx -mips64r3
1283@itemx -mips64r5
98508b2a 1284Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level.
437ee9d5
TS
1285@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1286alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1287@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
ae52f483
AB
1288@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips32r3},
1289@samp{-mips32r5}, @samp{-mips64}, @samp{-mips64r2}, @samp{-mips64r3}, and
1290@samp{-mips64r5} correspond to generic MIPS V, MIPS32, MIPS32 Release 2,
1291MIPS32 Release 3, MIPS32 Release 5, MIPS64, MIPS64 Release 2,
1292MIPS64 Release 3, and MIPS64 Release 5 ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5 1293
98508b2a
RS
1294@item -march=@var{cpu}
1295Generate code for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1296
1297@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
98508b2a 1298Schedule and tune for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1299
1300@item -mfix7000
1301@itemx -mno-fix7000
1302Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1303of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1304
a8d14a88
CM
1305@item -mfix-rm7000
1306@itemx -mno-fix-rm7000
1307Cause nops to be inserted if a dmult or dmultu instruction is
1308followed by a load instruction.
1309
ecb4347a
DJ
1310@item -mdebug
1311@itemx -no-mdebug
1312Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1313section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1314
dcd410fe
RO
1315@item -mpdr
1316@itemx -mno-pdr
1317Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1318
437ee9d5
TS
1319@item -mgp32
1320@itemx -mfp32
1321The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1322flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1323all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1324and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1325
351cdf24
MF
1326@item -mgp64
1327@itemx -mfp64
1328The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1329flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 64 bits wide at
1330all times. @samp{-mgp64} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1331and @samp{-mfp64} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1332
1333@item -mfpxx
1334The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but using
1335this flag in combination with @samp{-mabi=32} enables an ABI variant
1336which will operate correctly with floating-point registers which are
133732 or 64 bits wide.
1338
1339@item -modd-spreg
1340@itemx -mno-odd-spreg
1341Enable use of floating-point operations on odd-numbered single-precision
1342registers when supported by the ISA. @samp{-mfpxx} implies
1343@samp{-mno-odd-spreg}, otherwise the default is @samp{-modd-spreg}.
1344
437ee9d5
TS
1345@item -mips16
1346@itemx -no-mips16
1347Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1348@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1349turns off this option.
252b5132 1350
df58fc94
RS
1351@item -mmicromips
1352@itemx -mno-micromips
1353Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
1354@code{.set micromips} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-micromips}
1355turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set nomicromips}
1356at the start of the assembly file.
1357
e16bfa71
TS
1358@item -msmartmips
1359@itemx -mno-smartmips
1360Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1361equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1362@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1363
1f25f5d3
CD
1364@item -mips3d
1365@itemx -no-mips3d
1366Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1367This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1368@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1369
deec1734
CD
1370@item -mdmx
1371@itemx -no-mdmx
1372Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1373This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1374@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1375
2ef2b9ae
CF
1376@item -mdsp
1377@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1378Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1379This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1380@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1381
8b082fb1
TS
1382@item -mdspr2
1383@itemx -mno-dspr2
1384Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
1385This option implies -mdsp.
1386This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1387@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1388
56d438b1
CF
1389@item -mmsa
1390@itemx -mno-msa
1391Generate code for the MIPS SIMD Architecture Extension.
1392This tells the assembler to accept MSA instructions.
1393@samp{-mno-msa} turns off this option.
1394
7d64c587
AB
1395@item -mxpa
1396@itemx -mno-xpa
1397Generate code for the MIPS eXtended Physical Address (XPA) Extension.
1398This tells the assembler to accept XPA instructions.
1399@samp{-mno-xpa} turns off this option.
1400
ef2e4d86
CF
1401@item -mmt
1402@itemx -mno-mt
1403Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1404This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1405@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1406
dec0624d
MR
1407@item -mmcu
1408@itemx -mno-mcu
1409Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1410This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1411@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1412
833794fc
MR
1413@item -minsn32
1414@itemx -mno-insn32
1415Only use 32-bit instruction encodings when generating code for the
1416microMIPS processor. This option inhibits the use of any 16-bit
1417instructions. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set insn32} at
1418the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-insn32} turns off this
1419option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set noinsn32} at the
1420start of the assembly file. By default @samp{-mno-insn32} is
1421selected, allowing all instructions to be used.
1422
437ee9d5
TS
1423@item --construct-floats
1424@itemx --no-construct-floats
1425The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1426double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1427value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1428the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1429selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132 1430
3bf0dbfb
MR
1431@item --relax-branch
1432@itemx --no-relax-branch
1433The @samp{--relax-branch} option enables the relaxation of out-of-range
1434branches. By default @samp{--no-relax-branch} is selected, causing any
1435out-of-range branches to produce an error.
1436
ba92f887
MR
1437@item -mnan=@var{encoding}
1438Select between the IEEE 754-2008 (@option{-mnan=2008}) or the legacy
1439(@option{-mnan=legacy}) NaN encoding format. The latter is the default.
1440
252b5132
RH
1441@cindex emulation
1442@item --emulation=@var{name}
e8044f35
RS
1443This option was formerly used to switch between ELF and ECOFF output
1444on targets like IRIX 5 that supported both. MIPS ECOFF support was
1445removed in GAS 2.24, so the option now serves little purpose.
1446It is retained for backwards compatibility.
1447
1448The available configuration names are: @samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslelf} and
1449@samp{mipsbelf}. Choosing @samp{mipself} now has no effect, since the output
1450is always ELF. @samp{mipslelf} and @samp{mipsbelf} select little- and
1451big-endian output respectively, but @samp{-EL} and @samp{-EB} are now the
1452preferred options instead.
252b5132
RH
1453
1454@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1455@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1456the native tools.
1457
252b5132
RH
1458@item --trap
1459@itemx --no-trap
1460@itemx --break
1461@itemx --no-break
1462Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1463@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1464(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1465@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1466break exception.
63486801
L
1467
1468@item -n
a4fb0134 1469When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1470time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1471@end table
1472@end ifset
1473
1474@ifset MCORE
1475The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1476an MCore processor.
1477
a4fb0134 1478@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1479@item -jsri2bsr
1480@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1481Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1482The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1483
1484@item -sifilter
1485@itemx -nosifilter
1486Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1487The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1488
1489@item -relax
1490Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1491
ec694b89
NC
1492@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1493Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1494can be assembled.
1495
1496@item -EB
1497Assemble for a big endian target.
1498
1499@item -EL
1500Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1501
1502@end table
1503@end ifset
a3c62988 1504@c man end
252b5132 1505
a3c62988
NC
1506@ifset METAG
1507
1508@ifclear man
1509@xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1510for a Meta processor.
1511@end ifclear
1512
1513@ifset man
1514@c man begin OPTIONS
1515The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1516Meta processor.
1517@c man end
1518@c man begin INCLUDE
1519@include c-metag.texi
1520@c ended inside the included file
1521@end ifset
1522
1523@end ifset
1524
1525@c man begin OPTIONS
3c3bdf30
NC
1526@ifset MMIX
1527See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1528@end ifset
1529
35c08157
KLC
1530@ifset NDS32
1531
1532@ifclear man
1533@xref{NDS32 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1534for a NDS32 processor.
1535@end ifclear
1536@c ended inside the included file
1537@end ifset
1538
1539@ifset man
1540@c man begin OPTIONS
1541The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1542NDS32 processor.
1543@c man end
1544@c man begin INCLUDE
1545@include c-nds32.texi
1546@c ended inside the included file
1547@end ifset
1548
635fb38d 1549@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1550@ifset PPC
1551
1552@ifclear man
1553@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1554for a PowerPC processor.
1555@end ifclear
1556
1557@ifset man
1558@c man begin OPTIONS
1559The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1560PowerPC processor.
1561@c man end
1562@c man begin INCLUDE
1563@include c-ppc.texi
1564@c ended inside the included file
1565@end ifset
1566
1567@end ifset
1568
635fb38d 1569@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1570@ifset RX
1571See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1572@end ifset
1573
11c19e16
MS
1574@ifset S390
1575The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1576processor family.
1577
1578@table @gcctabopt
1579@item -m31
1580@itemx -m64
1581Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1582@item -mesa
1583@item -mzarch
1584Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1585Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1586@item -march=@var{processor}
1587Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g6}, @samp{g6},
cfc72779
AK
1588@samp{z900}, @samp{z990}, @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec}, @samp{z10},
1589@samp{z196}, or @samp{zEC12}.
11c19e16
MS
1590@item -mregnames
1591@itemx -mno-regnames
1592Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1593@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1594Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1595but evaluates to zero.
1596@end table
1597@end ifset
2a633939 1598@c man end
11c19e16 1599
40b36596 1600@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1601
1602@ifclear man
1603@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1604for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1605@end ifclear
1606
1607@ifset man
1608@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1609The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1610TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1611@c man end
1612@c man begin INCLUDE
1613@include c-tic6x.texi
1614@c ended inside the included file
1615@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1616
1617@end ifset
1618
aa137e4d
NC
1619@ifset TILEGX
1620
1621@ifclear man
1622@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1623for a TILE-Gx processor.
1624@end ifclear
1625
1626@ifset man
1627@c man begin OPTIONS
1628The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1629processor.
1630@c man end
1631@c man begin INCLUDE
1632@include c-tilegx.texi
1633@c ended inside the included file
1634@end ifset
1635
1636@end ifset
1637
e0001a05 1638@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1639
2d8b84ae
SA
1640@ifclear man
1641@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1642for an Xtensa processor.
1643@end ifclear
1644
1645@ifset man
1646@c man begin OPTIONS
1647The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1648Xtensa processor.
1649@c man end
1650@c man begin INCLUDE
1651@include c-xtensa.texi
1652@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1653@end ifset
1654
2d8b84ae
SA
1655@end ifset
1656
1657@c man begin OPTIONS
1658
3c9b82ba
NC
1659@ifset Z80
1660The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1661a Z80 family processor.
1662@table @gcctabopt
1663@item -z80
1664Assemble for Z80 processor.
1665@item -r800
1666Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1667@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1668@itemx -Wnud
1669Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1670@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1671@itemx -Wnup
1672Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1673@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1674@itemx -Wud
1675Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1676@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1677@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1678Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1679@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1680@itemx -Fud
1681Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1682@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1683@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1684Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1685@end table
1686@end ifset
1687
0285c67d
NC
1688@c man end
1689
252b5132
RH
1690@menu
1691* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1692* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1693* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1694* Command Line:: Command Line
1695* Input Files:: Input Files
1696* Object:: Output (Object) File
1697* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1698@end menu
1699
1700@node Manual
1701@section Structure of this Manual
1702
1703@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1704This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1705@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1706notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1707@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1708
1709@ifclear GENERIC
1710We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1711configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1712@end ifclear
1713@ifset GENERIC
1714This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1715various flavors of the assembler.
1716@end ifset
1717
1718@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1719On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1720to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1721In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1722architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1723mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1724particular architecture.
1725@ifset GENERIC
1726You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1727machine architecture manual for this information.
1728@end ifset
1729@ifclear GENERIC
1730@ifset H8/300
1731For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1732Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1733Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1734@end ifset
252b5132 1735@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1736For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1737see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1738@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1739@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1740@end ifset
1741@ifset Z8000
1742For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1743@end ifset
1744@end ifclear
1745
1746@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1747@ignore
1748Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1749the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1750Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1751computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1752once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1753qualification.
1754
a4fb0134 1755@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1756human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1757computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1758@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1759@end ignore
1760
1761@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1762@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1763@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1764@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1765@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1766@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1767@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1768@c directives).
1769
1770@node GNU Assembler
1771@section The GNU Assembler
1772
0285c67d
NC
1773@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1774
a4fb0134 1775@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1776@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1777This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1778configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1779@end ifclear
1780If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1781should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1782architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1783including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1784@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1785
1786@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1787@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1788@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1789@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1790assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1791machine would assemble.
1792@ifset VAX
1793Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1794@end ifset
1795@ifset M680X0
1796@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1797@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1798This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1799assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1800incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1801@end ifset
1802
0285c67d
NC
1803@c man end
1804
a4fb0134 1805Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1806program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1807@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1808
1809@node Object Formats
1810@section Object File Formats
1811
1812@cindex object file format
1813The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1814object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1815write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1816are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1817Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1818@ifclear GENERIC
1819@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1820For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1821@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1822@end ifclear
1823@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1824@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1825On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1826@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1827@end ifset
1828@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1829On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1830SOM or ELF format object files.
1831@end ifset
1832@end ifclear
1833
1834@node Command Line
1835@section Command Line
1836
1837@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1838
a4fb0134 1839After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1840options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1841before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1842significant.
1843
1844@cindex standard input, as input file
1845@kindex --
1846@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1847explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1848
1849@cindex options, command line
1850Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1851hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1852@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1853option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1854the letter is important. All options are optional.
1855
1856Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1857name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1858with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1859standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1860
1861@smallexample
1862@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1863@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1864@end smallexample
1865
1866@node Input Files
1867@section Input Files
1868
1869@cindex input
1870@cindex source program
1871@cindex files, input
1872We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1873describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1874be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1875doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1876
1877@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1878@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
1879The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1880order specified.
1881
0285c67d 1882@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 1883Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
1884program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1885(The standard input is also a file.)
1886
a4fb0134 1887You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
1888names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
1889command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1890is taken to be an input file name.
1891
a4fb0134
SC
1892If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1893from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
1894may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
1895to assemble.
1896
1897Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
1898in your command line.
1899
a4fb0134 1900If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
1901file.
1902
0285c67d
NC
1903@c man end
1904
252b5132
RH
1905@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
1906
1907@cindex input file linenumbers
1908@cindex line numbers, in input files
1909There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
1910either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
1911number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
1912``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
1913
1914@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 1915to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1916
1917@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
1918directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
1919error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
1920is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
1921@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
1922@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
1923
1924@node Object
1925@section Output (Object) File
1926
1927@cindex object file
1928@cindex output file
1929@kindex a.out
1930@kindex .o
a4fb0134 1931Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
1932your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
1933is the object file. Its default name is
1934@ifclear BOUT
1935@code{a.out}.
1936@end ifclear
1937@ifset BOUT
1938@ifset GENERIC
01642c12 1939@code{a.out}, or
252b5132 1940@end ifset
a4fb0134 1941@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 1942@end ifset
a4fb0134 1943You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
1944object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
1945reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
1946directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
1947possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
1948
1949@cindex linker
1950@kindex ld
1951The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
1952assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
1953the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
1954information for the debugger.
1955
1956@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
1957@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
1958
1959@node Errors
1960@section Error and Warning Messages
1961
0285c67d
NC
1962@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1963
a349d9dd 1964@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
1965@cindex warning messages
1966@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 1967@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 1968file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
1969runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
1970that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
1971grave problem that stops the assembly.
1972
0285c67d
NC
1973@c man end
1974
252b5132
RH
1975@cindex format of warning messages
1976Warning messages have the format
1977
1978@smallexample
1979file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
1980@end smallexample
1981
1982@noindent
1983@cindex line numbers, in warnings/errors
1984(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If a logical file name has been given
1985(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) it is used for the filename, otherwise the name of
1986the current input file is used. If a logical line number was given
1987@ifset GENERIC
1988(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
1989@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1990then it is used to calculate the number printed,
1991otherwise the actual line in the current source file is printed. The
1992message text is intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix
1993tradition).
1994
1995@cindex format of error messages
1996Error messages have the format
1997@smallexample
1998file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
1999@end smallexample
2000The file name and line number are derived as for warning
2001messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
2002because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
2003
2004@node Invoking
2005@chapter Command-Line Options
2006
2007@cindex options, all versions of assembler
2008This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
2009versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
2010for options specific
252b5132 2011@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 2012to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
2013@end ifclear
2014@ifset GENERIC
2015to particular machine architectures.
2016@end ifset
2017
0285c67d
NC
2018@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2019
c1253627 2020If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
2021you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
2022The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
2023by commas. For example:
2024
2025@smallexample
2026gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
2027@end smallexample
2028
2029@noindent
2030This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 2031standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
2032local symbols in the symbol table).
2033
2034Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
2035command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
2036(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
2037precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
2038assembler.)
2039
0285c67d
NC
2040@c man end
2041
252b5132 2042@menu
83f10cb2 2043* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 2044* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
2045* D:: -D for compatibility
2046* f:: -f to work faster
2047* I:: -I for .include search path
2048@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2049* K:: -K for compatibility
2050@end ifclear
2051@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2052* K:: -K for difference tables
2053@end ifset
2054
ba83aca1 2055* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 2056* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
2057* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
2058* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
2059* o:: -o to name the object file
2060* R:: -R to join data and text sections
2061* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
2062* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
2063* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 2064* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
2065* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
2066@end menu
2067
2068@node a
83f10cb2 2069@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
2070
2071@kindex -a
2072@kindex -ac
2073@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 2074@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
2075@kindex -ah
2076@kindex -al
2077@kindex -an
2078@kindex -as
2079@cindex listings, enabling
2080@cindex assembly listings, enabling
2081
2082These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
2083@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
2084You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
2085@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
2086@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
2087@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
2088High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
2089@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
2090also.
2091
83f10cb2
NC
2092Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
2093information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
2094
252b5132
RH
2095Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
2096which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
2097other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
2098omitted from the listing.
2099
2100Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
2101listing.
2102
2103Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
2104listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
2105@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
2106@code{.sbttl}.
2107The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
2108If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
2109listing-control directives have no effect.
2110
2111The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
2112@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
2113
96e9638b
BW
2114Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
2115because it
c3a27914
NC
2116is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
2117is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
2118directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
2119stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
2120memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
2121
caa32fe5
NC
2122@node alternate
2123@section @option{--alternate}
2124
2125@kindex --alternate
2126Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
2127
252b5132 2128@node D
a4fb0134 2129@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
2130
2131@kindex -D
2132This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
2133likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 2134@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2135
2136@node f
a4fb0134 2137@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
2138
2139@kindex -f
2140@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 2141@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
2142@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
2143(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
2144and comment preprocessing on
2145the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
2146,Preprocessing}.
2147
2148@quotation
2149@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 2150preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
2151not work correctly.
2152@end quotation
2153
2154@node I
c1253627 2155@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
2156
2157@kindex -I @var{path}
2158@cindex paths for @code{.include}
2159@cindex search path for @code{.include}
2160@cindex @code{include} directive search path
2161Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
2162@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
2163directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 2164many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 2165working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2166searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
2167specified (left to right) on the command line.
2168
2169@node K
a4fb0134 2170@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
2171
2172@kindex -K
2173@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2174On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2175permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2176where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2177generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2178family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2179alteration on other platforms.
2180@end ifclear
2181
2182@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2183@cindex difference tables, warning
2184@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2185@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2186form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2187You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2188is done.
2189@end ifset
2190
2191@node L
ba83aca1 2192@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2193
2194@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2195@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2196Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2197@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2198called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2199such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2200programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2201notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2202such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2203
2204This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2205in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2206@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2207
c3a27914 2208@node listing
a4fb0134 2209@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
2210
2211The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
2212@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2213hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2214them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2215directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2216@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2217@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2218@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2219
a4fb0134 2220@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2221@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2222@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2223@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2224Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2225dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2226
2227@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2228@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2229@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2230Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2231a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2232the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2233switch is used the default is to one.
2234
2235@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2236@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2237@cindex Width of source line output
2238Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2239alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2240source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2241
2242@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2243@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2244@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2245Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2246displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2247@end table
2248
252b5132 2249@node M
a4fb0134 2250@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2251
2252@kindex -M
2253@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2254The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2255changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
2256compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
2257configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
2258MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2259information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2260arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2261assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2262
2263The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2264depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2265file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2266individually. These are:
2267
2268@itemize @bullet
2269@item global symbols in common section
2270
2271The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2272Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2273common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2274symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2275symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2276
2277@item complex relocations
2278
2279The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2280relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2281are not support by other object file formats.
2282
2283@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2284
2285The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2286This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2287instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2288script.
2289
2290@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2291
2292The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2293name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2294
2295@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2296
2297The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2298address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2299which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2300not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2301assigned within a linker script.
2302@end itemize
2303
2304There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2305@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2306seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2307
2308@itemize @bullet
2309
2310@item EBCDIC strings
2311
2312EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2313
2314@item packed binary coded decimal
2315
2316Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2317and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2318
2319@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2320
2321The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2322
2323@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2324
2325The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2326
2327@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2328
2329The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2330@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2331relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2332these options serve no purpose.
2333
2334@item @code{OPT} list control options
2335
2336The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2337@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2338@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2339
2340@item other @code{OPT} options
2341
2342The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2343@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2344
2345@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2346
2347The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2348@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2349
2350@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2351
2352The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2353
2354@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
2355
2356The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
2357
2358@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
2359
2360The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
2361
2362@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
2363
2364The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
2365
2366@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
2367
2368The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
2369
2370@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
2371
2372The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
2373
2374@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
2375
2376The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
2377
2378@end itemize
2379
2380@node MD
c1253627 2381@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2382
2383@kindex --MD
2384@cindex dependency tracking
2385@cindex make rules
2386
a4fb0134 2387@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2388file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2389dependencies of the main source file.
2390
2391The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2392
2393This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2394
2395@node o
a4fb0134 2396@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2397
2398@kindex -o
2399@cindex naming object file
2400@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2401There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
2402default it has the name
2403@ifset GENERIC
2404@ifset I960
2405@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2406@end ifset
2407@ifclear I960
2408@file{a.out}.
2409@end ifclear
2410@end ifset
2411@ifclear GENERIC
2412@ifset I960
2413@file{b.out}.
2414@end ifset
2415@ifclear I960
2416@file{a.out}.
2417@end ifclear
2418@end ifclear
2419You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2420object file a different name.
2421
a4fb0134 2422Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2423existing file of the same name.
2424
2425@node R
a4fb0134 2426@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2427
2428@kindex -R
2429@cindex data and text sections, joining
2430@cindex text and data sections, joining
2431@cindex joining text and data sections
2432@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2433@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2434data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2435the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2436section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2437your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2438appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2439
a4fb0134 2440When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2441address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2442data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2443older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2444
c1253627
NC
2445@ifset COFF-ELF
2446When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2447this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2448@samp{.data}.
2449@end ifset
2450
2451@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2452@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2453@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2454@end ifset
2455
2456@node statistics
a4fb0134 2457@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2458
2459@kindex --statistics
2460@cindex statistics, about assembly
2461@cindex time, total for assembly
2462@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2463Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2464@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2465(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2466seconds).
2467
2468@node traditional-format
c1253627 2469@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2470
2471@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2472For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2473from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2474@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2475
2476For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2477@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2478
2479@node v
a4fb0134 2480@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2481
2482@kindex -v
2483@kindex -version
2484@cindex assembler version
2485@cindex version of assembler
2486You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2487option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2488command line.
2489
2490@node W
a4fb0134 2491@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2492
a4fb0134 2493@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2494assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2495cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2496made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2497
c1253627
NC
2498@kindex -W
2499@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2500@cindex suppressing warnings
2501@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2502If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2503This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2504how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2505are still reported.
2506
c1253627 2507@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2508@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2509@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2510If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2511files that generate warnings to be in error.
2512
c1253627 2513@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2514@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2515You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2516causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2517
2518@node Z
a4fb0134 2519@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2520@cindex object file, after errors
2521@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2522After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2523some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2524@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2525option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2526writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2527errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2528
2529@node Syntax
2530@chapter Syntax
2531
2532@cindex machine-independent syntax
2533@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2534This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2535source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2536assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2537@ifclear VAX
2538assembler.
2539@end ifclear
2540@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2541assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2542@end ifset
2543
2544@menu
7c31ae13 2545* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2546* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2547* Comments:: Comments
2548* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2549* Statements:: Statements
2550* Constants:: Constants
2551@end menu
2552
2553@node Preprocessing
2554@section Preprocessing
2555
2556@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2557The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2558@itemize @bullet
2559@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2560@item
2561adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2562the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2563a single space.
2564
2565@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2566@item
2567removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2568appropriate number of newlines.
2569
2570@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2571@item
2572converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2573@end itemize
2574
2575It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2576anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2577do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2578(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2579to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2580@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
252b5132
RH
2581Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}.
2582
2583Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2584cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2585preprocessed.
2586
2587@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2588@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2589@kindex #NO_APP
2590@kindex #APP
2591If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2592@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2593Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2594specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2595text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2596@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2597@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2598and whitespace.
2599
2600@node Whitespace
2601@section Whitespace
2602
2603@cindex whitespace
2604@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2605Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2606people to read. Unless within character constants
2607(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2608as exactly one space.
2609
2610@node Comments
2611@section Comments
2612
2613@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2614There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2615cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2616
2617Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2618This means you may not nest these comments.
2619
2620@smallexample
2621/*
2622 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2623 is to use this sort of comment.
2624*/
2625
2626/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2627@end smallexample
2628
2629@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2630Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2631considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2632specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2633line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2634line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2635comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
2636upon command line options that have been used. For more details see the
2637@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2638
2639If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2640special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2641to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2642
2643@kindex #
2644@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2645@cindex logical line numbers
2646To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2647special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2648expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2649line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2650new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2651
2652If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2653the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2654
2655@smallexample
2656 # This is an ordinary comment.
2657# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2658 # This is logical line # 36.
2659@end smallexample
2660This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2661of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2662
2663@node Symbol Intro
2664@section Symbols
2665
2666@cindex characters used in symbols
2667@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2668A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2669letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2670@samp{_.$}.
2671@end ifclear
2672@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2673@ifclear GENERIC
2674@ifset H8
2675A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2676letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2677@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2678symbol names.)
2679@end ifset
2680@end ifclear
2681@end ifset
2682@ifset GENERIC
2683On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2684are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2685@end ifset
2686No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
7bfd842d
NC
2687There is no length limit: all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
2688are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2689beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2690of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
252b5132
RH
2691@cindex length of symbols
2692
2693@node Statements
2694@section Statements
2695
2696@cindex statements, structure of
2697@cindex line separator character
2698@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2699
2700A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2701@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2702specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2703target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2704The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2705preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2706exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2707
2708@cindex newline, required at file end
2709@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2710It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2711character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2712
2713An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2714
2715@cindex instructions and directives
2716@cindex directives and instructions
2717@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2718@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2719@c 13feb91.
2720A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2721key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2722symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2723symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2724directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2725a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2726assembles into a machine language instruction.
2727@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2728Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2729recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2730represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2731language.@refill
2732@end ifset
2733
2734@cindex @code{:} (label)
2735@cindex label (@code{:})
2736A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2737Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2738have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2739
2740@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2741For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2742the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2743only one label may be defined on each line.
2744@end ifset
2745
2746@smallexample
2747label: .directive followed by something
2748another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2749 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2750@end smallexample
2751
2752@node Constants
2753@section Constants
2754
2755@cindex constants
2756A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2757inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2758@smallexample
2759@group
2760.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2761.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2762.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2763.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
276495028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2765@end group
2766@end smallexample
2767
2768@menu
2769* Characters:: Character Constants
2770* Numbers:: Number Constants
2771@end menu
2772
2773@node Characters
2774@subsection Character Constants
2775
2776@cindex character constants
2777@cindex constants, character
2778There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2779for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2780numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2781@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2782used in arithmetic expressions.
2783
2784@menu
2785* Strings:: Strings
2786* Chars:: Characters
2787@end menu
2788
2789@node Strings
2790@subsubsection Strings
2791
2792@cindex string constants
2793@cindex constants, string
2794A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2795double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2796into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2797a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2798one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2799@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2800(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2801escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2802
2803@cindex escape codes, character
2804@cindex character escape codes
2805@table @kbd
2806@c @item \a
2807@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2808@c
2809@cindex @code{\b} (backspace character)
2810@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2811@item \b
2812Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2813
2814@c @item \e
2815@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2816@c
2817@cindex @code{\f} (formfeed character)
2818@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
2819@item \f
2820Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2821
2822@cindex @code{\n} (newline character)
2823@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2824@item \n
2825Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2826
2827@c @item \p
2828@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2829@c
2830@cindex @code{\r} (carriage return character)
2831@cindex carriage return (@code{\r})
2832@item \r
2833Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2834
2835@c @item \s
2836@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2837@c other assemblers.
2838@c
2839@cindex @code{\t} (tab)
2840@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2841@item \t
2842Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2843
2844@c @item \v
2845@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2846@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2847@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2848@c
2849@cindex @code{\@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
2850@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2851@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2852An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2853For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2854for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2855
2856@cindex @code{\@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
2857@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
2858@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
2859A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
2860lower case @code{x} works.
2861
2862@cindex @code{\\} (@samp{\} character)
2863@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
2864@item \\
2865Represents one @samp{\} character.
2866
2867@c @item \'
2868@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
2869@c This is needed in single character literals
2870@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
2871@c a @samp{'}.
2872@c
2873@cindex @code{\"} (doublequote character)
2874@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
2875@item \"
2876Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
2877this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
2878
2879@item \ @var{anything-else}
2880Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
2881assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
2882you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
2883interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
2884other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
2885code and warns you of the fact.
2886@end table
2887
2888Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
2889varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
2890the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
2891compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
2892sequence.
2893
2894@node Chars
2895@subsubsection Characters
2896
2897@cindex single character constant
2898@cindex character, single
2899@cindex constant, single character
2900A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
2901followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
2902to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
2903must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
2904@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
2905grave accent. A newline
2906@ifclear GENERIC
2907@ifclear abnormal-separator
2908(or semicolon @samp{;})
2909@end ifclear
2910@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2911@ifset H8
2912(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 2913Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
2914@end ifset
2915@end ifset
2916@end ifclear
2917immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
2918and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
2919constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 2920that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
2921@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
2922
2923@node Numbers
2924@subsection Number Constants
2925
2926@cindex constants, number
2927@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 2928@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
2929are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
2930would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
2931integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
2932are floating point numbers, described below.
2933
2934@menu
2935* Integers:: Integers
2936* Bignums:: Bignums
2937* Flonums:: Flonums
2938@ifclear GENERIC
2939@ifset I960
2940* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
2941@end ifset
2942@end ifclear
2943@end menu
2944
2945@node Integers
2946@subsubsection Integers
2947@cindex integers
2948@cindex constants, integer
2949
2950@cindex binary integers
2951@cindex integers, binary
2952A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
2953the binary digits @samp{01}.
2954
2955@cindex octal integers
2956@cindex integers, octal
2957An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
2958digits (@samp{01234567}).
2959
2960@cindex decimal integers
2961@cindex integers, decimal
2962A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
2963more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
2964
2965@cindex hexadecimal integers
2966@cindex integers, hexadecimal
2967A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
2968more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
2969
2970Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
2971the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
2972(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
2973
2974@node Bignums
2975@subsubsection Bignums
2976
2977@cindex bignums
2978@cindex constants, bignum
2979A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
2980except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
2981represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
2982integers are permitted while bignums are not.
2983
2984@node Flonums
2985@subsubsection Flonums
2986@cindex flonums
2987@cindex floating point numbers
2988@cindex constants, floating point
2989
2990@cindex precision, floating point
2991A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
2992indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 2993@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
2994sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
2995to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 2996portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
2997
2998A flonum is written by writing (in order)
2999@itemize @bullet
3000@item
3001The digit @samp{0}.
3002@ifset HPPA
3003(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
3004@end ifset
3005
3006@item
a4fb0134 3007A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
3008@ifset GENERIC
3009@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
3010@ignore
3011@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
3012(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
30134.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
3014@end ignore
3015
7be1c489 3016On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
3017and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
3018one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3019
3020On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
3021(in upper or lower case).
3022
3023On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
3024one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
3025
3026On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
3027@end ifset
3028@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3029@ifset ARC
3030One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
3031@end ifset
3032@ifset H8
3033One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3034@end ifset
3035@ifset HPPA
3036The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
3037@end ifset
3038@ifset I960
3039One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
3040@end ifset
3041@end ifclear
3042
3043@item
3044An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3045
3046@item
3047An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
3048
3049@item
3050An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
3051or more decimal digits.
3052
3053@item
3054An optional exponent, consisting of:
3055
3056@itemize @bullet
3057@item
3058An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
3059@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
3060@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
3061@item
3062Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3063@item
3064One or more decimal digits.
3065@end itemize
3066
3067@end itemize
3068
3069At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
3070present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
3071
a4fb0134 3072@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 3073independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 3074@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3075
3076@ifclear GENERIC
3077@ifset I960
3078@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
3079@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
3080@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
3081@node Bit Fields
3082@subsubsection Bit Fields
3083
3084@cindex bit fields
3085@cindex constants, bit field
3086You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 3087Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
3088@example
3089@var{mask}:@var{value}
3090@end example
3091@noindent
a4fb0134 3092@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
3093@var{value}.
3094
3095The resulting number is then packed
3096@ifset GENERIC
3097@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
3098(in host-dependent byte order)
3099@end ifset
3100into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
3101bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
3102requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
3103more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
3104least significant digits.@refill
3105
3106The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
3107@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
3108@end ifset
3109@end ifclear
3110
3111@node Sections
3112@chapter Sections and Relocation
3113@cindex sections
3114@cindex relocation
3115
3116@menu
3117* Secs Background:: Background
3118* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
3119* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
3120* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
3121* bss:: bss Section
3122@end menu
3123
3124@node Secs Background
3125@section Background
3126
3127Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
3128``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
3129For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
3130
3131@cindex linker, and assembler
3132@cindex assembler, and linker
3133The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 3134combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
3135emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
3136@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
3137different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 3138oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
3139sections.
3140
3141@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
3142addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
3143units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
3144within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
3145run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
3146the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
3147the proper run-time addresses.
3148@ifset H8
7be1c489 3149For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 3150@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
3151ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
3152@end ifset
3153
3154@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 3155An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
3156of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
3157@dfn{bss} sections.
3158
c1253627 3159@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 3160@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 3161When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 3162@end ifset
a4fb0134 3163@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
3164using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
3165If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
3166or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
3167@end ifset
3168
3169@ifset HPPA
3170@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3171When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 3172@end ifset
a4fb0134 3173@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3174specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3175@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3176(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3177assembler directives.
3178
3179@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3180Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3181text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3182is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3183BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3184@end ifset
3185@end ifset
3186
3187Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3188data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3189
3190@ifset HPPA
3191When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3192section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3193@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3194@end ifset
3195
3196To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3197relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3198object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3199@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3200file is mentioned:
3201@itemize @bullet
3202@item
3203Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3204an address?
3205@item
3206How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3207@item
3208Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3209@display
3210(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3211@end display
3212@item
3213Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3214@end itemize
3215
3216@cindex addresses, format of
3217@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3218In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3219@display
3220(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3221@end display
3222@noindent
a4fb0134 3223Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3224nature.
3225@ifset SOM
3226(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3227symbol-relative instead.)
3228@end ifset
3229
3230In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3231@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3232
3233Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3234@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3235addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3236@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3237@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3238data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3239their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3240part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3241address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3242
3243The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3244address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3245rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3246Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3247address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3248common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3249time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3250
3251By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3252the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3253sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3254customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3255the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3256data and bss sections.
3257
3258Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3259use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3260
3261@node Ld Sections
3262@section Linker Sections
3263@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3264
3265@table @strong
3266
c1253627 3267@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3268@cindex named sections
3269@cindex sections, named
3270@item named sections
3271@end ifset
3272@ifset aout-bout
3273@cindex text section
3274@cindex data section
3275@itemx text section
3276@itemx data section
3277@end ifset
a4fb0134 3278These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3279separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
3280true of another.
3281@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
3282When the program is running, however, it is
3283customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3284text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3285instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3286program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3287in the data section.
c1253627 3288@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3289
3290@cindex bss section
3291@item bss section
3292This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3293is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3294each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3295out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3296bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3297those explicit zeros from object files.
3298
3299@cindex absolute section
3300@item absolute section
3301Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3302This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3303not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3304addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3305
3306@cindex undefined section
3307@item undefined section
3308This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3309the preceding sections.
3310@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3311@end table
3312
3313@cindex relocation example
3314An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3315@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3316The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3317@end ifset
3318Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3319
3320@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3321@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3322@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3323@smallexample
3324 +-----+----+--+
3325partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3326 +-----+----+--+
3327
3328 text data bss
3329 seg. seg. seg.
3330
3331 +---+---+---+
3332partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3333 +---+---+---+
3334
3335 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3336linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3337 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3338
3339 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3340@end smallexample
3341@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3342@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3343@need 5000
3344@tex
c1253627 3345\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3346\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3347\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3348\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3349
3350\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3351\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3352\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3353
3354\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3355\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3356\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3357ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3358DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3359
3360\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3361\line{0\dots\hfil}
3362
3363@end tex
3364@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3365
3366@node As Sections
3367@section Assembler Internal Sections
3368
3369@cindex internal assembler sections
3370@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3371These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3372have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3373sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3374warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3375meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3376value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3377section-relative address.
3378
3379@table @b
3380@cindex assembler internal logic error
3381@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3382An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3383bug in the assembler.
3384
3385@cindex expr (internal section)
3386@item expr section
3387The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3388symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3389it in the expr section.
3390@c FIXME item debug
3391@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3392@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3393@c FIXME item register
3394@end table
3395
3396@node Sub-Sections
3397@section Sub-Sections
3398
3399@cindex numbered subsections
3400@cindex grouping data
3401@ifset aout-bout
3402Assembled bytes
c1253627 3403@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3404conventionally
3405@end ifset
3406fall into two sections: text and data.
3407@end ifset
3408You may have separate groups of
3409@ifset GENERIC
3410data in named sections
3411@end ifset
3412@ifclear GENERIC
3413@ifclear aout-bout
3414data in named sections
3415@end ifclear
3416@ifset aout-bout
3417text or data
3418@end ifset
3419@end ifclear
3420that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3421are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3422use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3423numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3424same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3425subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3426section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3427assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3428section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3429constants being output.
3430
3431Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3432goes in subsection number zero.
3433
3434@ifset GENERIC
3435Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3436(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3437of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3438@end ifset
3439@ifclear GENERIC
3440@ifset H8
7be1c489 3441On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3442boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3443The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3444@end ifset
3445@ifset I960
3446@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3447@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3448@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3449@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3450@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3451@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3452@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3453@end ifclear
3454
3455Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3456to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3457The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3458other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3459They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3460data subsections as a data section.
3461
3462To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3463into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3464@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3465@ifset COFF
252b5132 3466@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3467When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3468@end ifset
3469@ifclear GENERIC
3470You
3471@end ifclear
3472can also use an extra subsection
3473argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3474@var{expression}}.
3475@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3476@ifset ELF
3477@ifset GENERIC
3478When generating ELF output, you
3479@end ifset
3480@ifclear GENERIC
3481You
3482@end ifclear
3483can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3484to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3485@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3486@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3487(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3488is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3489begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3490@smallexample
3491.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3492.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3493.text 1
3494.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3495.data 0
3496.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3497.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3498.text 0
3499.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3500.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3501@end smallexample
3502
3503Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3504assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3505restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3506counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3507@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3508current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3509assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3510
3511@node bss
3512@section bss Section
3513
3514@cindex bss section
3515@cindex common variable storage
3516The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3517You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3518not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3519your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3520section are zeroed bytes.
3521
3522The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3523@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3524
3525The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3526another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3527
3528@ifset GENERIC
3529When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3530COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3531see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3532section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3533@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3534@end ifset
3535
3536@node Symbols
3537@chapter Symbols
3538
3539@cindex symbols
3540Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3541things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3542to debug.
3543
3544@quotation
3545@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3546@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3547the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3548@end quotation
3549
3550@menu
3551* Labels:: Labels
3552* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3553* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3554* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3555* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3556@end menu
3557
3558@node Labels
3559@section Labels
3560
3561@cindex labels
3562A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3563@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3564active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3565operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3566different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3567definitions.
3568
3569@ifset HPPA
3570On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3571colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3572a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3573provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3574@end ifset
3575
3576@node Setting Symbols
3577@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3578
3579@cindex assigning values to symbols
3580@cindex symbol values, assigning
3581A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3582by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3583(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3584directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3585equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3586@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3587
f8739b83
JZ
3588@ifset Blackfin
3589Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3590@end ifset
3591
252b5132
RH
3592@node Symbol Names
3593@section Symbol Names
3594
3595@cindex symbol names
3596@cindex names, symbol
3597@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3598Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3599machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3600noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3601string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3602particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3603@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3604@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3605@ifset H8
3606Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3607Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3608character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3609on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3610@end ifset
3611@end ifset
3612
3613Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3614than @code{Foo}.
3615
7bfd842d
NC
3616Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3617multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3618@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3619currently supported.
3620
252b5132
RH
3621Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3622refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3623in a program.
3624
3625@subheading Local Symbol Names
3626
3627@cindex local symbol names
3628@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3629A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3630By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3631@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3632set of local label prefixes.
3633@ifset HPPA
3634On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3635@end ifset
3636
3637Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3638normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
3639You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols:
3640@option{-L}}) to retain the local symbols in the object files.
3641
3642@subheading Local Labels
3643
3644@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3645@cindex temporary symbol names
3646@cindex symbol names, temporary
ba83aca1 3647Local labels help compilers and programmers use names temporarily.
2d5aaba0
NC
3648They create symbols which are guaranteed to be unique over the entire scope of
3649the input source code and which can be referred to by a simple notation.
ba83aca1 3650To define a local label, write a label of the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N}
2d5aaba0 3651represents any positive integer). To refer to the most recent previous
ba83aca1 3652definition of that label write @samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when
2d5aaba0 3653you defined the label. To refer to the next definition of a local label, write
96e9638b 3654@samp{@b{N}f}---the @samp{b} stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands
2d5aaba0
NC
3655for ``forwards''.
3656
3657There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3658too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3659the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3660defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3661definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3662noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3663implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3664
3665Here is an example:
3666
3667@smallexample
36681: branch 1f
36692: branch 1b
36701: branch 2f
36712: branch 1b
3672@end smallexample
3673
3674Which is the equivalent of:
3675
3676@smallexample
3677label_1: branch label_3
3678label_2: branch label_1
3679label_3: branch label_4
3680label_4: branch label_3
3681@end smallexample
3682
ba83aca1 3683Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3684transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3685The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3686are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3687these parts:
252b5132
RH
3688
3689@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3690@item @emph{local label prefix}
3691All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3692Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3693that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3694used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3695@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3696object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3697you may use them in debugging.
3698
2d5aaba0
NC
3699@item @var{number}
3700This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3701label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3702
2d5aaba0
NC
3703@item @kbd{C-B}
3704This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3705of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3706
3707@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3708This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3709@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3710number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3711the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3712@end table
3713
ba83aca1
BW
3714So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3715the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3716
3717@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3718@cindex dollar local symbols
3719
3720@code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of local labels called
96e9638b
BW
3721dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they become undefined) as
3722soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain valid for only a small
2d5aaba0
NC
3723region of the input source code. Normal local labels, by contrast, remain in
3724scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined by another occurrence of
3725the same local label.
3726
3727Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3728except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3729@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3730
3731They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3732names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3733to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3734@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3735
3736@node Dot
3737@section The Special Dot Symbol
3738
3739@cindex dot (symbol)
3740@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3741@cindex current address
3742@cindex location counter
3743The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3744@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3745.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3746Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3747directive.
252b5132 3748@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3749Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3750@samp{.space 4}.
3751@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3752
3753@node Symbol Attributes
3754@section Symbol Attributes
3755
3756@cindex symbol attributes
3757@cindex attributes, symbol
3758Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3759``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3760attributes.
3761@ifset INTERNALS
3762The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3763@end ifset
3764
a4fb0134 3765If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3766all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3767symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3768would want.
3769
3770@menu
3771* Symbol Value:: Value
3772* Symbol Type:: Type
3773@ifset aout-bout
3774@ifset GENERIC
3775* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3776@end ifset
3777@ifclear GENERIC
3778@ifclear BOUT
3779* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3780@end ifclear
3781@ifset BOUT
3782* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3783@end ifset
3784@end ifclear
3785@end ifset
3786@ifset COFF
3787* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3788@end ifset
3789@ifset SOM
3790* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3791@end ifset
3792@end menu
3793
3794@node Symbol Value
3795@subsection Value
3796
3797@cindex value of a symbol
3798@cindex symbol value
3799The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3800location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3801number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3802Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3803as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3804symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3805called absolute.
3806
3807The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
38080 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3809@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3810same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3811name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3812common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3813bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3814allocated storage.
3815
3816@node Symbol Type
3817@subsection Type
3818
3819@cindex type of a symbol
3820@cindex symbol type
3821The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3822information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3823(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3824format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3825
3826@ifset aout-bout
3827@ifclear GENERIC
3828@ifset BOUT
3829@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3830@c better if it were available outside examples.
3831@need 1000
3832@node a.out Symbols
3833@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3834
3835@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
3836@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 3837These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
3838one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
3839@code{b.out}.
3840
3841@end ifset
3842@ifclear BOUT
3843@node a.out Symbols
3844@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3845
3846@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3847@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3848
3849@end ifclear
3850@end ifclear
3851@ifset GENERIC
3852@node a.out Symbols
3853@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3854
3855@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3856@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3857
3858@end ifset
3859@menu
3860* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3861* Symbol Other:: Other
3862@end menu
3863
3864@node Symbol Desc
3865@subsubsection Descriptor
3866
3867@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3868This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3869descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3870(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3871@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3872
3873@node Symbol Other
3874@subsubsection Other
3875
3876@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3877This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3878@end ifset
3879
3880@ifset COFF
3881@node COFF Symbols
3882@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3883
3884@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3885@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3886
3887The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3888like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3889@code{.endef} directives.
3890
3891@subsubsection Primary Attributes
3892
3893@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
3894The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
3895respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
3896
3897@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
3898
3899@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 3900The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
3901@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
3902table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
3903@end ifset
3904
3905@ifset SOM
3906@node SOM Symbols
3907@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
3908
3909@cindex SOM symbol attributes
3910@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
3911
3912The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
3913the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
3914
01642c12 3915The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
3916Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
3917@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
3918@end ifset
3919
3920@node Expressions
3921@chapter Expressions
3922
3923@cindex expressions
3924@cindex addresses
3925@cindex numeric values
3926An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
3927Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
3928
3929The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
3930a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 3931enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
3932section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
3933the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 3934@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
3935
3936@menu
3937* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
3938* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
3939@end menu
3940
3941@node Empty Exprs
3942@section Empty Expressions
3943
3944@cindex empty expressions
3945@cindex expressions, empty
3946An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
3947Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 3948expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
3949is compatible with other assemblers.
3950
3951@node Integer Exprs
3952@section Integer Expressions
3953
3954@cindex integer expressions
3955@cindex expressions, integer
3956An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
3957by @emph{operators}.
3958
3959@menu
3960* Arguments:: Arguments
3961* Operators:: Operators
3962* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
3963* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
3964@end menu
3965
3966@node Arguments
3967@subsection Arguments
3968
3969@cindex expression arguments
3970@cindex arguments in expressions
3971@cindex operands in expressions
3972@cindex arithmetic operands
3973@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
3974contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
3975this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
3976the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
3977expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
3978instruction operands.
3979
3980Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
3981@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
3982or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
3983integer.
3984
3985Numbers are usually integers.
3986
3987A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 3988that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
3989these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
3990instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
3991assemblers.
3992
3993@cindex subexpressions
3994Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
3995expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
3996operator followed by an argument.
3997
3998@node Operators
3999@subsection Operators
4000
4001@cindex operators, in expressions
4002@cindex arithmetic functions
4003@cindex functions, in expressions
4004@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
4005operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
4006between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
4007whitespace.
4008
4009@node Prefix Ops
4010@subsection Prefix Operator
4011
4012@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 4013@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
4014one argument, which must be absolute.
4015
4016@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
4017@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
4018@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
4019@tex
4020\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
4021@end tex
4022
4023@table @code
4024@item -
4025@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
4026@item ~
4027@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
4028@end table
4029
4030@tex
4031\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
4032@end tex
4033
4034@node Infix Ops
4035@subsection Infix Operators
4036
4037@cindex infix operators
4038@cindex operators, permitted arguments
4039@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
4040have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 4041to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
4042absolute, and the result is absolute.
4043
4044@enumerate
4045@cindex operator precedence
4046@cindex precedence of operators
4047
4048@item
4049Highest Precedence
4050
4051@table @code
4052@item *
4053@dfn{Multiplication}.
4054
4055@item /
4056@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
4057
4058@item %
4059@dfn{Remainder}.
4060
d1eac9d9 4061@item <<
252b5132
RH
4062@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
4063
d1eac9d9 4064@item >>
252b5132
RH
4065@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
4066@end table
4067
4068@item
4069Intermediate precedence
4070
4071@table @code
4072@item |
4073
4074@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
4075
4076@item &
4077@dfn{Bitwise And}.
4078
4079@item ^
4080@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
4081
4082@item !
4083@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
4084@end table
4085
4086@item
b131d4dc 4087Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
4088
4089@table @code
4090@cindex addition, permitted arguments
4091@cindex plus, permitted arguments
4092@cindex arguments for addition
4093@item +
4094@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
4095the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
4096sections.
4097
4098@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
4099@cindex minus, permitted arguments
4100@cindex arguments for subtraction
4101@item -
4102@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
4103result has the section of the left argument.
4104If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
4105You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
4106@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
4107
4108@cindex comparison expressions
4109@cindex expressions, comparison
4110@item ==
4111@dfn{Is Equal To}
4112@item <>
723a8472 4113@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
4114@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
4115@item <
4116@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 4117@item >
b131d4dc 4118@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 4119@item >=
b131d4dc 4120@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 4121@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
4122@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
4123
4124The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
4125value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
4126perform signed comparisons.
4127@end table
4128
4129@item Lowest Precedence
4130
4131@table @code
4132@item &&
4133@dfn{Logical And}.
4134
4135@item ||
4136@dfn{Logical Or}.
4137
4138These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
4139expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
4140value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
4141or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
4142
252b5132
RH
4143@end table
4144@end enumerate
4145
4146In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
4147address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
4148
4149@node Pseudo Ops
4150@chapter Assembler Directives
4151
4152@cindex directives, machine independent
4153@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
4154@cindex machine independent directives
4155All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
4156The rest of the name is letters, usually in lower case.
4157
4158This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
4159target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
4160@ifset GENERIC
4161Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
4162@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4163@end ifset
4164@ifclear GENERIC
4165@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 4166@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
4167@end ifset
4168@end ifclear
4169
4170@menu
4171* Abort:: @code{.abort}
4172@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 4173* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4174@end ifset
f0dc282c 4175
252b5132 4176* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 4177* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4178* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4179* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4180* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b 4181* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, @code{.bundle_lock}, @code{.bundle_unlock}
252b5132 4182* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4183* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4184* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
4185* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4186@ifset COFF
4187* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4188@end ifset
4189@ifset aout-bout
4190* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4191@end ifset
4192@ifset COFF
4193* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4194@end ifset
f0dc282c 4195
252b5132
RH
4196* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4197* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4198* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4199* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4200* End:: @code{.end}
4201@ifset COFF
4202* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4203@end ifset
f0dc282c 4204
252b5132
RH
4205* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4206* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4207* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4208* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4209* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4210* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4211* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4212* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4213* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4214* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4215* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4216* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4217* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4218* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4219* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4220@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4221* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4222* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4223@end ifset
f0dc282c 4224
252b5132
RH
4225* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4226* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4227* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4228* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4229* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4230* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4231@ifset ELF
4232* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4233@end ifset
f0dc282c 4234
252b5132
RH
4235* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4236* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4237* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4238* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4239@ifclear no-line-dir
4240* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4241@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4242
252b5132
RH
4243* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4244* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4245* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4246* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4247* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4248@ifset ELF
4249* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4250@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4251
252b5132
RH
4252* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4253@ignore
4254* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4255@end ignore
f0dc282c 4256
252b5132
RH
4257* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4258* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4259* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
4260* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
4261* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4262* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291
L
4263* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4264* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4265@ifset ELF
4266* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4267* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4268@end ifset
f0dc282c 4269
252b5132 4270* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4271@ifset ELF
4272* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4273@end ifset
f0dc282c 4274
252b5132
RH
4275* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4276* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4277@ifset ELF
4278* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4279@end ifset
f0dc282c 4280
252b5132 4281* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4282* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4283* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4284* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4285@ifset COFF
4286* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4287@end ifset
4288@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4289* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4290@end ifset
f0dc282c 4291
252b5132
RH
4292* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4293* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4294* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4295@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4296* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4297@end ifset
884f0d36 4298@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4299* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
4300@end ifclear
4301
252b5132 4302* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4303@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4304* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 4305@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4306@ifset have-stabs
4307* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4308@end ifset
f0dc282c 4309
38a57ae7 4310* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4311* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4312@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4313* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4314* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4315@end ifset
f0dc282c 4316
252b5132
RH
4317@ifset COFF
4318* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4319@end ifset
f0dc282c 4320
252b5132
RH
4321* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4322* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4323@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4324* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4325@end ifset
4326
c91d2e08 4327* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4328@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4329* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4330@end ifset
f0dc282c 4331
2e13b764 4332@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4333* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4334* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4335* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4336@end ifset
f0dc282c 4337
d190d046 4338* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4339* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4340* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132
RH
4341* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
4342* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4343@end menu
4344
4345@node Abort
4346@section @code{.abort}
4347
4348@cindex @code{abort} directive
4349@cindex stopping the assembly
4350This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4351compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4352assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4353of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4354quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4355
4356@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4357@node ABORT (COFF)
4358@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4359
4360@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4361When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4362synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4363
4364@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4365When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4366but ignores it.
4367@end ifset
4368@end ifset
4369
4370@node Align
4371@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4372
4373@cindex padding the location counter
4374@cindex @code{align} directive
4375Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4376boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4377required, as described below.
4378
4379The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4380padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4381padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4382marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4383with no-op instructions.
4384
4385The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4386it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4387directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4388specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4389fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4390required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4391with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4392
4393The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
73589c9d 4394For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or1k,
60946ad0 4395s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4396alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4397the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4398is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4399first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4400
9e9a9798 4401For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4402strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4403number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4404advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4405counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4406multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4407
4408This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4409native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4410GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4411described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4412architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4413
ccf8a69b
BW
4414@node Altmacro
4415@section @code{.altmacro}
4416Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4417
4418@ftable @code
4419@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4420One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4421generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4422replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4423replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4424separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4425define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4426
4427@item String delimiters
4428You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4429@code{"@var{string}"}:
4430
4431@table @code
4432@item '@var{string}'
4433You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4434
4435@item <@var{string}>
4436You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4437@end table
4438
4439@item single-character string escape
4440To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4441character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4442character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4443write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4444
4445@item Expression results as strings
4446You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4447and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4448@end ftable
4449
252b5132
RH
4450@node Ascii
4451@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4452
4453@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4454@cindex string literals
4455@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4456separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4457trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4458
4459@node Asciz
4460@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4461
4462@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4463@cindex zero-terminated strings
4464@cindex null-terminated strings
4465@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4466a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4467
4468@node Balign
4469@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4470
4471@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4472@cindex @code{balign} directive
4473Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4474storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4475alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4476the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4477is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4478
4479The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4480padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4481padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4482marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4483with no-op instructions.
4484
4485The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4486it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4487directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4488specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4489fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4490required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4491with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4492
4493@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4494@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4495The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4496@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4497pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4498fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
44994,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4500filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4501the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4502undefined.
4503
fa94de6b
RM
4504@node Bundle directives
4505@section @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
4506@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4507@cindex bundle
4508@cindex instruction bundle
4509@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4510@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4511bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4512into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4513disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4514gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4515@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4516
4517For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4518certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4519instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4520@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4521chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4522effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4523instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4524that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4525end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4526starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4527instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4528
4529@section @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4530@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4531@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4532The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4533allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4534are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4535aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4536@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4537directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4538
4539@cindex bundle-locked
4540For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4541appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4542instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4543and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4544instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4545sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4546@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4547entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4548boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4549first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4550aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4551bundle size.
4552
d416e51d
RM
4553For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4554inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4555nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4556@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4557matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4558same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4559
252b5132
RH
4560@node Byte
4561@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4562
4563@cindex @code{byte} directive
4564@cindex integers, one byte
4565@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4566Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4567
54cfded0 4568@node CFI directives
38462edf
JJ
4569@section @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
4570@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4571@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4572should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4573If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4574if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4575To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4576directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4577
4b7d318b 4578@section @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4579@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4580@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4581should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4582data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4583@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4584
01642c12 4585Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4586it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4587
54cfded0
AM
4588@section @code{.cfi_endproc}
4589@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4590@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4591unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4592@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4593
9b8ae42e
JJ
4594@section @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4595@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4596@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4597should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4598argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4599a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4600the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4601can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4602The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4603no personality routine.
4604
4605@section @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4606@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4607@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
4608should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4609argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be a constant
4610or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
4611no LSDA.
4612
54cfded0 4613@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4614@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4615address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4616
4617@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
4618@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4619now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4620remains the same.
4621
4622@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4623@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4624remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4625absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4626CFA address.
4627
4628@section @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4629Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4630value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4631
4632@section @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4633Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4634CFA.
54cfded0 4635
17076204
RH
4636@section @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4637Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4638the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4639using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4640This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4641code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4642
4b7d318b
L
4643@section @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4644Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4645
4646@section @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4647@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4648same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4649instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4650
4651@section @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4652From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4653
4654@section @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4655Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4656i.e. no restoration needed.
4657
01642c12
RM
4658@section @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4659First save all current rules for all registers by @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4660then totally screw them up by subsequent @code{.cfi_*} directives and when
4661everything is hopelessly bad, use @code{.cfi_restore_state} to restore
4b7d318b
L
4662the previous saved state.
4663
4664@section @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4665Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4666directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4667
63752a75
JJ
4668@section @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
4669Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4670
6749011b 4671@section @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4672SPARC register window has been saved.
4673
cdfbf930
RH
4674@section @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
4675Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4676might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4677opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4678
f1c4cc75
RH
4679@section @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
4680The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4681will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4682description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4683
4684The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4685limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4686mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4687by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4688or another register.
4689
ccf8a69b
BW
4690@node Comm
4691@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4692
ccf8a69b
BW
4693@cindex @code{comm} directive
4694@cindex symbol, common
4695@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4696common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4697of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4698definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4699allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4700absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4701the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4702using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4703
c1711530
DK
4704@ifset COFF-ELF
4705When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4706an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4707specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4708that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4709as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4710boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4711power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4712common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4713alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4714largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4715maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4716is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4717@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4718multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4719It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4720(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4721@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4722
ccf8a69b
BW
4723@ifset HPPA
4724The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4725@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4726@end ifset
07a53e5c 4727
252b5132
RH
4728@node Data
4729@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4730
4731@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4732@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4733end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4734absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4735to zero.
4736
4737@ifset COFF
4738@node Def
4739@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4740
4741@cindex @code{def} directive
4742@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4743@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4744Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4745definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
4746@ifset BOUT
4747
a4fb0134 4748This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
4749format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
4750but ignored.
4751@end ifset
4752@end ifset
4753
4754@ifset aout-bout
4755@node Desc
4756@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4757
4758@cindex @code{desc} directive
4759@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
4760@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
4761This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
4762to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
4763
4764@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 4765The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 4766configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4767object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
4768it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
4769@end ifset
4770@end ifset
4771
4772@ifset COFF
4773@node Dim
4774@section @code{.dim}
4775
4776@cindex @code{dim} directive
4777@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
4778@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
4779This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
4780information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
4781@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
4782@ifset BOUT
4783
4784@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 4785@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
4786ignores it.
4787@end ifset
4788@end ifset
4789
4790@node Double
4791@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4792
4793@cindex @code{double} directive
4794@cindex floating point numbers (double)
4795@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4796assembles floating point numbers.
4797@ifset GENERIC
4798The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4799@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
4800@end ifset
4801@ifclear GENERIC
4802@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4803On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
4804in @sc{ieee} format.
4805@end ifset
4806@end ifclear
4807
4808@node Eject
4809@section @code{.eject}
4810
4811@cindex @code{eject} directive
4812@cindex new page, in listings
4813@cindex page, in listings
4814@cindex listing control: new page
4815Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
4816
4817@node Else
4818@section @code{.else}
4819
4820@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 4821@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4822assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
4823of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
4824was false.
4825
3fd9f047
TW
4826@node Elseif
4827@section @code{.elseif}
4828
4829@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 4830@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4831assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
4832@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
4833
252b5132
RH
4834@node End
4835@section @code{.end}
4836
4837@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 4838@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
4839process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
4840
4841@ifset COFF
4842@node Endef
4843@section @code{.endef}
4844
4845@cindex @code{endef} directive
4846This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
4847@code{.def}.
4848@ifset BOUT
4849
4850@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 4851@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
4852directive but ignores it.
4853@end ifset
4854@end ifset
4855
4856@node Endfunc
4857@section @code{.endfunc}
4858@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
4859@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
4860
4861@node Endif
4862@section @code{.endif}
4863
4864@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 4865@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
4866it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
4867conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
4868
4869@node Equ
4870@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4871
4872@cindex @code{equ} directive
4873@cindex assigning values to symbols
4874@cindex symbols, assigning values to
4875This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 4876It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
4877
4878@ifset HPPA
01642c12 4879The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
4880@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
4881@end ifset
4882
3c9b82ba 4883@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
4884The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
4885@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
3c9b82ba 4886On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 4887but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 4888Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
4889@end ifset
4890
252b5132
RH
4891@node Equiv
4892@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4893@cindex @code{equiv} directive
4894The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
4895the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
4896symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
4897undefined.
252b5132 4898
01642c12 4899Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
4900@smallexample
4901.ifdef SYM
4902.err
4903.endif
4904.equ SYM,VAL
4905@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
4906plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
4907
4908@node Eqv
4909@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4910@cindex @code{eqv} directive
4911The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
4912evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
4913the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
4914value is taken.
252b5132
RH
4915
4916@node Err
4917@section @code{.err}
4918@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
4919If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
4920message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 4921object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 4922
d190d046
HPN
4923@node Error
4924@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
4925@cindex error directive
4926
4927Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
4928string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
4929message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
4930@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
4931
4932@smallexample
4933 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
4934@end smallexample
4935
252b5132
RH
4936@node Exitm
4937@section @code{.exitm}
4938Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
4939
4940@node Extern
4941@section @code{.extern}
4942
4943@cindex @code{extern} directive
4944@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 4945with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
4946all undefined symbols as external.
4947
4948@node Fail
4949@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
4950
4951@cindex @code{fail} directive
4952Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
4953or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
4954than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
4955include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
4956complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
4957
252b5132 4958@node File
14082c76 4959@section @code{.file}
252b5132 4960@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
4961
4962@ifclear no-file-dir
4963There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
4964that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
4965@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
4966
4967@subheading Default Version
4968
252b5132
RH
4969@cindex logical file name
4970@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
4971This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
4972are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
4973
4974@smallexample
4975.file @var{string}
4976@end smallexample
4977
4978@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
4979recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
4980to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
4981statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 4982old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
4983
4984@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
4985@end ifclear
4986
14082c76
BW
4987When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
4988to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
4989
4990@smallexample
4991.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
4992@end smallexample
4993
4994The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
4995index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
4996literal.
4997
4998The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
4999table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
5000information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
5001entries will have.
5002
252b5132
RH
5003@node Fill
5004@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
5005
5006@cindex @code{fill} directive
5007@cindex writing patterns in memory
5008@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 5009@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
5010This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
5011may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
5012more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
5013other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
5014is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
5015zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 5016byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
5017Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
5018@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
5019compatible with other people's assemblers.
5020
5021@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
5022If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
5023assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
5024@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
5025
5026@node Float
5027@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
5028
5029@cindex floating point numbers (single)
5030@cindex @code{float} directive
5031This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5032has the same effect as @code{.single}.
5033@ifset GENERIC
5034The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5035@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
5036@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
5037@end ifset
5038@ifclear GENERIC
5039@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5040On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
5041in @sc{ieee} format.
5042@end ifset
5043@end ifclear
5044
5045@node Func
5046@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
5047@cindex @code{func} directive
5048@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
5049is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 5050Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
5051@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
5052prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
5053@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
5054All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
5055The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
5056
5057@node Global
5058@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
5059
5060@cindex @code{global} directive
5061@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
5062@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
5063@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
5064other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
5065@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
5066from another file linked into the same program.
5067
5068Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
5069compatibility with other assemblers.
5070
5071@ifset HPPA
5072On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
5073partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 5074@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
5075@end ifset
5076
c91d2e08 5077@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
5078@node Gnu_attribute
5079@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
5080Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
5081
c91d2e08
NC
5082@node Hidden
5083@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
5084
c1253627
NC
5085@cindex @code{hidden} directive
5086@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5087This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5088@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 5089@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5090
5091This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5092their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5093@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 5094Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
5095@end ifset
5096
252b5132
RH
5097@node hword
5098@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
5099
5100@cindex @code{hword} directive
5101@cindex integers, 16-bit
5102@cindex numbers, 16-bit
5103@cindex sixteen bit integers
5104This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5105a 16 bit number for each.
5106
5107@ifset GENERIC
5108This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
5109architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
5110@end ifset
5111@ifclear GENERIC
5112@ifset W32
5113This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
5114@end ifset
5115@ifset W16
5116This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
5117@end ifset
5118@end ifclear
5119
5120@node Ident
5121@section @code{.ident}
5122
5123@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
5124
5125This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
5126behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
5127a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
5128source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
5129for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
5130@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
5131emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
5132
5133@node If
5134@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
5135
5136@cindex conditional assembly
5137@cindex @code{if} directive
5138@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
5139considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
5140(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
5141the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
5142(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
5143alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
5144If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
5145nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
5146
5147The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
5148@table @code
5149@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
5150@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
5151Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5152has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
5153is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 5154
26aca5f6
JB
5155@cindex @code{ifb} directive
5156@item .ifb @var{text}
5157Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
5158
252b5132
RH
5159@cindex @code{ifc} directive
5160@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
5161Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
5162strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
5163the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
5164end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
5165string comparison is case sensitive.
5166
5167@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
5168@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
5169Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
5170
5171@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
5172@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
5173Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5174
5175@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5176@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5177Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5178equal to zero.
5179
5180@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5181@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5182Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5183
5184@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5185@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5186Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5187to zero.
5188
5189@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5190@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5191Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5192
26aca5f6
JB
5193@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5194@item .ifnb @var{text}
5195Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5196following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5197
252b5132
RH
5198@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5199@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5200Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5201following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5202
5203@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5204@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5205@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5206@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5207Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5208has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5209which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5210
5211@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5212@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5213Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5214(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5215
5216@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5217@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5218Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5219following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5220@end table
5221
7e005732
NC
5222@node Incbin
5223@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5224
5225@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5226@cindex binary files, including
5227The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5228location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5229option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5230around @var{file}.
5231
5232The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5233@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5234read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5235responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5236after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5237
252b5132
RH
5238@node Include
5239@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5240
5241@cindex @code{include} directive
5242@cindex supporting files, including
5243@cindex files, including
5244This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5245points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5246if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5247included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5248can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5249(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5250around @var{file}.
5251
5252@node Int
5253@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5254
5255@cindex @code{int} directive
5256@cindex integers, 32-bit
5257Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5258For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5259expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5260of target the assembly is for.
5261
5262@ifclear GENERIC
5263@ifset H8
7be1c489 5264On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5265integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
526632-bit integers.
5267@end ifset
5268@end ifclear
5269
c91d2e08
NC
5270@ifset ELF
5271@node Internal
5272@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5273
c1253627
NC
5274@cindex @code{internal} directive
5275@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5276This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5277@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5278@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5279
5280This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5281their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5282@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5283(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5284processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5285@end ifset
5286
252b5132
RH
5287@node Irp
5288@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5289
5290@cindex @code{irp} directive
5291Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5292The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5293terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5294set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5295@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5296@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5297sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5298
5299For example, assembling
5300
5301@example
5302 .irp param,1,2,3
5303 move d\param,sp@@-
5304 .endr
5305@end example
5306
5307is equivalent to assembling
5308
5309@example
5310 move d1,sp@@-
5311 move d2,sp@@-
5312 move d3,sp@@-
5313@end example
5314
96e9638b 5315For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5316
252b5132
RH
5317@node Irpc
5318@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5319
5320@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5321Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5322The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5323terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5324@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5325assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5326assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5327@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5328
5329For example, assembling
5330
5331@example
5332 .irpc param,123
5333 move d\param,sp@@-
5334 .endr
5335@end example
5336
5337is equivalent to assembling
5338
5339@example
5340 move d1,sp@@-
5341 move d2,sp@@-
5342 move d3,sp@@-
5343@end example
5344
5e75c3ab
JB
5345For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5346at @xref{Macro}.
5347
252b5132
RH
5348@node Lcomm
5349@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5350
5351@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5352@cindex local common symbols
5353@cindex symbols, local common
5354Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5355denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5356those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5357section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5358is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5359not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5360
5361@ifset GENERIC
5362Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5363argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5364@end ifset
5365
5366@ifset HPPA
5367The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5368@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5369@end ifset
5370
5371@node Lflags
5372@section @code{.lflags}
5373
5374@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5375@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5376assemblers, but ignores it.
5377
5378@ifclear no-line-dir
5379@node Line
5380@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5381
5382@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5383@cindex logical line number
5384@ifset aout-bout
5385Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5386expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5387statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5388reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5389@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5390for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5391@end ifset
5392
252b5132 5393Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5394@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5395when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5396were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5397@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5398
5399Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5400used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5401debugging.
5402@end ifclear
5403
5404@node Linkonce
5405@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5406@cindex COMDAT
5407@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5408@cindex common sections
5409Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5410This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5411but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5412The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5413Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5414unique.
5415
5416This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5417writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5418Executable format used on Windows NT.
5419
5420The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5421following strings. For example:
5422@smallexample
5423.linkonce same_size
5424@end smallexample
5425Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5426
5427@table @code
5428@item discard
5429Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5430
5431@item one_only
5432Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5433
5434@item same_size
5435Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5436
5437@item same_contents
5438Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5439@end table
5440
ccf8a69b
BW
5441@node List
5442@section @code{.list}
5443
5444@cindex @code{list} directive
5445@cindex listing control, turning on
5446Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5447not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5448internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5449counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5450generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5451
5452By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5453@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5454the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5455
252b5132
RH
5456@node Ln
5457@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5458
5459@cindex @code{ln} directive
5460@ifclear no-line-dir
5461@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5462@end ifclear
5463@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5464Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5465must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5466line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5467statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5468line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5469@ifset BOUT
5470
a4fb0134 5471This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5472configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5473output format.
5474@end ifset
5475@end ifset
5476
ccf8a69b
BW
5477@node Loc
5478@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5479@cindex @code{loc} directive
5480When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5481the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5482number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5483instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5484arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5485the row is added.
252b5132 5486
ccf8a69b
BW
5487The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5488
5489@table @code
5490@item basic_block
5491This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5492@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5493
5494@item prologue_end
5495This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5496@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5497
5498@item epilogue_begin
5499This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5500@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5501
5502@item is_stmt @var{value}
5503This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5504@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5505either 0 or 1.
5506
5507@item isa @var{value}
5508This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5509state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5510
92846e72
CC
5511@item discriminator @var{value}
5512This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5513state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5514
ccf8a69b
BW
5515@end table
5516
5517@node Loc_mark_labels
5518@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5519@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5520When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5521the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5522to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5523register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5524The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5525this function respectively.
252b5132 5526
4d4175af
BW
5527@ifset ELF
5528@node Local
5529@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5530
5531@cindex @code{local} directive
5532This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5533the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5534will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5535they will be created.
5536
5537For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5538accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5539the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5540(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5541@end ifset
5542
252b5132
RH
5543@node Long
5544@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5545
5546@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5547@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5548
5549@ignore
5550@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5551@c what it really ought to do
5552@node Lsym
5553@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5554
5555@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5556@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5557@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5558the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5559rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5560the same as the expression value:
5561@smallexample
5562@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5563@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5564@var{value} = @var{expression}
5565@end smallexample
5566@noindent
5567The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5568@end ignore
5569
5570@node Macro
5571@section @code{.macro}
5572
5573@cindex macros
5574The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5575generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5576@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5577
5578@example
5579 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5580 .long \from
5581 .if \to-\from
5582 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5583 .endif
5584 .endm
5585@end example
5586
5587@noindent
5588With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5589
5590@example
5591 .long 0
5592 .long 1
5593 .long 2
5594 .long 3
5595 .long 4
5596 .long 5
5597@end example
5598
5599@ftable @code
5600@item .macro @var{macname}
5601@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5602@cindex @code{macro} directive
5603Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5604definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5605separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5606indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5607@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5608(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5609macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5610cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5611subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5612definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5613
5614@table @code
5615@item .macro comm
5616Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5617arguments.
5618
6258339f 5619@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5620@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5621Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5622which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5623@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5624
5625@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5626Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5627arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5628After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5629@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5630@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5631,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5632@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5633
6eaeac8a
JB
5634@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5635Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5636arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5637not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5638will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5639
252b5132
RH
5640When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5641position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5642@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5643
6258339f
NC
5644@end table
5645
5e75c3ab
JB
5646Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5647as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5648occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5649characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5650(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5651architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5652character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5653replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5654construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5655identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5656this macro definition:
5657
5658@example
5659 .macro label l
5660\l:
5661 .endm
5662@end example
5663
5664might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5665called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5666assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5667identifier.
5668
5669Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5670which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5671for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5672length specifier like this:
5673
5674@example
5675 .macro opcode base length
5676 \base.\length
5677 .endm
5678@end example
5679
5680and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5681instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5682interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5683
5684There are several possible ways around this problem:
5685
5686@table @code
5687@item Insert white space
5688If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5689solution. eg:
5690
5691@example
5692 .macro label l
5693\l :
5694 .endm
5695@end example
5696
5697@item Use @samp{\()}
5698The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5699the following text. eg:
5700
5701@example
5702 .macro opcode base length
5703 \base\().\length
5704 .endm
5705@end example
5706
5707@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5708In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5709used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5710
5711@example
5712 .altmacro
5713 .macro label l
5714l&:
5715 .endm
5716@end example
6258339f 5717@end table
5e75c3ab 5718
96e9638b 5719Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 5720also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 5721and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5722
252b5132
RH
5723@item .endm
5724@cindex @code{endm} directive
5725Mark the end of a macro definition.
5726
5727@item .exitm
5728@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5729Exit early from the current macro definition.
5730
5731@cindex number of macros executed
5732@cindex macros, count executed
5733@item \@@
a4fb0134 5734@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5735executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5736output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5737
252b5132
RH
5738@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5739@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5740macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5741@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5742@end ftable
252b5132 5743
ccf8a69b
BW
5744@node MRI
5745@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5746
ccf8a69b
BW
5747@cindex @code{mri} directive
5748@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5749If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5750@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
5751affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5752of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 5753
caa32fe5
NC
5754@node Noaltmacro
5755@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5756Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 5757
252b5132
RH
5758@node Nolist
5759@section @code{.nolist}
5760
5761@cindex @code{nolist} directive
5762@cindex listing control, turning off
5763Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
5764not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5765internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5766counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5767generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5768
5769@node Octa
5770@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
5771
5772@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
5773@cindex @code{octa} directive
5774@cindex integer, 16-byte
5775@cindex sixteen byte integer
5776This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
5777bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
5778
5779The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5780hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
5781
9aec2026
NC
5782@node Offset
5783@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
5784
5785@cindex @code{offset} directive
5786Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
5787be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
5788symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 5789directive.
9aec2026 5790
252b5132
RH
5791@node Org
5792@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
5793
5794@cindex @code{org} directive
5795@cindex location counter, advancing
5796@cindex advancing location counter
5797@cindex current address, advancing
5798Advance the location counter of the current section to
5799@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
5800expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
5801you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
5802wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
5803with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 5804@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5805is the same as the current subsection.
5806
5807@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
5808unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
5809backwards.
5810
5811@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
5812@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
5813@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 5814Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5815may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
5816a chance to share your improved assembler.
5817
5818Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
5819to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
5820people's assemblers.
5821
5822When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
5823intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
5824absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
5825@var{fill} defaults to zero.
5826
5827@node P2align
5828@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
5829
5830@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
5831@cindex @code{p2align} directive
5832Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
5833storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
5834number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
5835advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
5836counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
5837multiple of 8, no change is needed.
5838
5839The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
5840padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
5841padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
5842marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
5843with no-op instructions.
5844
5845The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
5846it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
5847directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
5848specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
5849fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
5850required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
5851with no-op instructions when appropriate.
5852
5853@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
5854@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
5855The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
5856@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
5857pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
5858fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
58592,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
5860filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
5861the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
5862undefined.
5863
ccf8a69b
BW
5864@ifset ELF
5865@node PopSection
5866@section @code{.popsection}
5867
5868@cindex @code{popsection} directive
5869@cindex Section Stack
5870This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5871@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5872@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
5873(@pxref{Previous}).
5874
5875This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
5876section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 5877stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
5878@end ifset
5879
c91d2e08
NC
5880@ifset ELF
5881@node Previous
5882@section @code{.previous}
5883
c1253627 5884@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5885@cindex Section Stack
5886This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5887@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5888@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
5889(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
5890
5891This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 5892referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 5893@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
5894subsections). For example:
5895
5896@smallexample
5897.section A
5898 .subsection 1
5899 .word 0x1234
5900 .subsection 2
5901 .word 0x5678
5902.previous
5903 .word 0x9abc
5904@end smallexample
5905
5906Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
5907section A. Whilst:
5908
5909@smallexample
5910.section A
5911.subsection 1
5912 # Now in section A subsection 1
5913 .word 0x1234
5914.section B
5915.subsection 0
5916 # Now in section B subsection 0
5917 .word 0x5678
5918.subsection 1
5919 # Now in section B subsection 1
5920 .word 0x9abc
5921.previous
5922 # Now in section B subsection 0
5923 .word 0xdef0
5924@end smallexample
5925
5926Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
5927section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
5928
5929In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
5930the top section on the section stack.
5931@end ifset
5932
252b5132
RH
5933@node Print
5934@section @code{.print @var{string}}
5935
5936@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 5937@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
5938assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
5939
c91d2e08
NC
5940@ifset ELF
5941@node Protected
5942@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
5943
c1253627
NC
5944@cindex @code{protected} directive
5945@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5946This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 5947@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
5948
5949This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5950their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5951@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
5952components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
5953component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 5954this.
c91d2e08
NC
5955@end ifset
5956
252b5132
RH
5957@node Psize
5958@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
5959
5960@cindex @code{psize} directive
5961@cindex listing control: paper size
5962@cindex paper size, for listings
5963Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
5964number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
5965
5966If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
5967of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
5968default width is 200 columns.
5969
a4fb0134 5970@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
5971lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
5972@code{.eject}).
5973
5974If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
5975those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
5976
5977@node Purgem
5978@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
5979
5980@cindex @code{purgem} directive
5981Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
5982expanded. @xref{Macro}.
5983
c91d2e08
NC
5984@ifset ELF
5985@node PushSection
9cfc3331 5986@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 5987
c1253627 5988@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5989@cindex Section Stack
5990This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5991@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5992@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 5993(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5994
e9863d7f
DJ
5995This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
5996top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
5997subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
5998@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
5999as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
6000@end ifset
6001
252b5132
RH
6002@node Quad
6003@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
6004
6005@cindex @code{quad} directive
6006@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
6007each bignum, it emits
6008@ifclear bignum-16
6009an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
6010warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
6011@cindex eight-byte integer
6012@cindex integer, 8-byte
6013
6014The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6015hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
6016@end ifclear
6017@ifset bignum-16
6018a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
6019warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
6020@cindex sixteen-byte integer
6021@cindex integer, 16-byte
6022@end ifset
6023
05e9452c
AM
6024@node Reloc
6025@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
6026
6027@cindex @code{reloc} directive
6028Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
6029@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
6030the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
6031symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
6032@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
6033absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
6034targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
6035relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
6036section.
6037
252b5132
RH
6038@node Rept
6039@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
6040
6041@cindex @code{rept} directive
6042Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
6043@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
6044
6045For example, assembling
6046
6047@example
6048 .rept 3
6049 .long 0
6050 .endr
6051@end example
6052
6053is equivalent to assembling
6054
6055@example
6056 .long 0
6057 .long 0
6058 .long 0
6059@end example
6060
6061@node Sbttl
6062@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
6063
6064@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
6065@cindex subtitles for listings
6066@cindex listing control: subtitle
6067Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
6068title line) when generating assembly listings.
6069
6070This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6071it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6072
6073@ifset COFF
6074@node Scl
6075@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
6076
6077@cindex @code{scl} directive
6078@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
6079@cindex COFF symbol storage class
6080Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
6081used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
6082whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
6083symbolic debugging information.
6084@ifset BOUT
6085
6086The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 6087configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6088accepts this directive but ignores it.
6089@end ifset
6090@end ifset
6091
c1253627 6092@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6093@node Section
c1253627 6094@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 6095
252b5132
RH
6096@cindex named section
6097Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
6098named @var{name}.
6099
6100This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
6101named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
6102with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
6103
c1253627
NC
6104@ifset COFF
6105@ifset ELF
6106@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6107@subheading COFF Version
6108@end ifset
6109
6110@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
6111For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
6112ways:
c91d2e08 6113
252b5132
RH
6114@smallexample
6115.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 6116.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
6117@end smallexample
6118
6119If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
6120section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
6121@table @code
6122@item b
6123bss section (uninitialized data)
6124@item n
6125section is not loaded
6126@item w
6127writable section
6128@item d
6129data section
70e0ee1a
KT
6130@item e
6131exclude section from linking
252b5132
RH
6132@item r
6133read-only section
6134@item x
6135executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
6136@item s
6137shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
6138@item a
6139ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
6140@item y
6141section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
6142@item 0-9
6143single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
6144@end table
6145
6146If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6147the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
6148loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
6149from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
6150will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
6151
6152If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 6153taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 6154@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6155
6156@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
6157@ifset COFF
6158@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6159@subheading ELF Version
6160@end ifset
6161
c91d2e08
NC
6162@cindex Section Stack
6163This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 6164@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
6165(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
6166@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6167
c1253627 6168@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 6169For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6170
252b5132 6171@smallexample
7047dd1e 6172.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 6173@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6174
252b5132 6175The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6176combination of the following characters:
252b5132
RH
6177@table @code
6178@item a
6179section is allocatable
18ae9cc1
L
6180@item e
6181section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
6182@item w
6183section is writable
6184@item x
6185section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6186@item M
6187section is mergeable
6188@item S
6189section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6190@item G
6191section is a member of a section group
6192@item T
6193section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6194@item ?
6195section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
252b5132
RH
6196@end table
6197
6198The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
6199@table @code
6200@item @@progbits
6201section contains data
6202@item @@nobits
6203section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6204@item @@note
6205section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6206@item @@init_array
6207section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6208@item @@fini_array
6209section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6210@item @@preinit_array
6211section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
252b5132
RH
6212@end table
6213
10b016c2
PB
6214Many targets only support the first three section types.
6215
ececec60
NC
6216Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6217ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6218@code{%} character.
6219
22fe14ad 6220If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6221be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6222
6223@smallexample
6224.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6225@end smallexample
6226
6227Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6228constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6229@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6230@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6231the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6232absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6233which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6234@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6235@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
6236
6237If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6238be present along with an additional field like this:
6239
6240@smallexample
6241.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6242@end smallexample
6243
6244The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6245particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
6246@table @code
6247@item comdat
6248indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6249@item .gnu.linkonce
6250an alias for comdat
6251@end table
6252
96e9638b 6253Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6254the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6255
6256@smallexample
6257.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6258@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6259
01642c12
RM
6260If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6261@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6262present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6263this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6264@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6265If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6266
252b5132
RH
6267If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6268the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6269none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6270executable. The section will contain data.
6271
6272For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6273directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6274
252b5132
RH
6275@smallexample
6276.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6277@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6278
252b5132
RH
6279Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6280separated flags:
6281@table @code
6282@item #alloc
6283section is allocatable
6284@item #write
6285section is writable
6286@item #execinstr
6287section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6288@item #exclude
6289section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6290@item #tls
6291section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6292@end table
c91d2e08 6293
e9863d7f
DJ
6294This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6295contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6296some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6297work.
c1253627
NC
6298@end ifset
6299@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6300
6301@node Set
6302@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6303
6304@cindex @code{set} directive
6305@cindex symbol value, setting
6306Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6307changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6308@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6309flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6310
6311You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly.
6312
6313If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6314file is the last value stored into it.
6315
3c9b82ba
NC
6316@ifset Z80
6317On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6318@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6319@end ifset
6320
252b5132
RH
6321@node Short
6322@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6323
6324@cindex @code{short} directive
6325@ifset GENERIC
6326@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6327@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6328
6329In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6330numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6331@end ifset
6332@ifclear GENERIC
6333@ifset W16
6334@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6335@end ifset
6336@ifset W32
6337This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6338a 16 bit number for each.
6339@end ifset
6340@end ifclear
6341
6342@node Single
6343@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6344
6345@cindex @code{single} directive
6346@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6347This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6348has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6349@ifset GENERIC
6350The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6351@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6352@end ifset
6353@ifclear GENERIC
6354@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6355On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6356numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6357@end ifset
6358@end ifclear
6359
c1253627 6360@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6361@node Size
c1253627 6362@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6363
c1253627
NC
6364This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6365
6366@ifset COFF
6367@ifset ELF
6368@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6369@subheading COFF Version
6370@end ifset
6371
6372@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6373For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6374@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6375
6376@smallexample
6377.size @var{expression}
6378@end smallexample
252b5132 6379
c91d2e08 6380@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6381@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6382@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6383ignores it.
6384@end ifset
c1253627 6385@end ifset
c91d2e08 6386
c1253627
NC
6387@ifset ELF
6388@ifset COFF
6389@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6390@subheading ELF Version
6391@end ifset
6392
6393@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6394For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6395
c1253627
NC
6396@smallexample
6397.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6398@end smallexample
6399
6400This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6401The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6402arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6403symbols.
c1253627
NC
6404@end ifset
6405@end ifset
252b5132 6406
252b5132
RH
6407@ifclear no-space-dir
6408@node Skip
6409@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6410
6411@cindex @code{skip} directive
6412@cindex filling memory
6413This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6414@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6415@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6416@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6417@end ifclear
252b5132 6418
ccf8a69b
BW
6419@node Sleb128
6420@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6421
6422@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6423@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6424compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6425symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6426
884f0d36 6427@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6428@node Space
6429@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6430
6431@cindex @code{space} directive
6432@cindex filling memory
6433This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6434@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6435and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6436as @samp{.skip}.
6437
6438@ifset HPPA
6439@quotation
6440@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6441targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6442Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6443@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6444for a summary.
6445@end quotation
6446@end ifset
6447@end ifclear
6448
252b5132
RH
6449@ifset have-stabs
6450@node Stab
6451@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6452
6453@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6454@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6455There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6456All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6457The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6458cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6459Up to five fields are required:
6460
6461@table @var
6462@item string
6463This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6464@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6465debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6466using this field.
6467
6468@item type
6469An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6470this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6471and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6472
6473@item other
6474An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6475low 8 bits of this expression.
6476
6477@item desc
6478An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6479bits of this expression.
6480
6481@item value
6482An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6483@end table
6484
6485If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6486or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6487you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6488compatible with earlier assemblers!
6489
6490@table @code
6491@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6492@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6493
6494The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6495It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6496null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6497strings.
6498
6499The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6500relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6501is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6502assembled.
6503
6504@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6505@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6506The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6507
6508@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6509@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6510All five fields are specified.
6511@end table
6512@end ifset
6513@c end have-stabs
6514
6515@node String
38a57ae7 6516@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6517"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6518
6519@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6520@cindex string8, copying to object file
6521@cindex string16, copying to object file
6522@cindex string32, copying to object file
6523@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6524@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6525@cindex @code{string8} directive
6526@cindex @code{string16} directive
6527@cindex @code{string32} directive
6528@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6529
6530Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6531one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6532particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6533You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6534
01642c12 6535The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6536the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6537copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6538are stored in target endianness byte order.
6539
6540Example:
6541@smallexample
6542 .string32 "BYE"
6543expands to:
6544 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6545 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6546@end smallexample
6547
6548
252b5132
RH
6549@node Struct
6550@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6551
6552@cindex @code{struct} directive
6553Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6554which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6555@smallexample
6556 .struct 0
6557field1:
6558 .struct field1 + 4
6559field2:
6560 .struct field2 + 4
6561field3:
6562@end smallexample
6563This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6564@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6565value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6566use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6567before further assembly.
6568
c91d2e08
NC
6569@ifset ELF
6570@node SubSection
6571@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6572
c1253627 6573@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6574@cindex Section Stack
6575This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6576@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6577@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6578(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6579
6580This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6581section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6582in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6583@end ifset
6584
252b5132
RH
6585@ifset ELF
6586@node Symver
6587@section @code{.symver}
6588@cindex @code{symver} directive
6589@cindex symbol versioning
6590@cindex versions of symbols
6591Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6592within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6593typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6594There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6595into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6596shared library.
6597
79082ff0 6598For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6599@smallexample
6600.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6601@end smallexample
339681c0 6602If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6603being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6604alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6605just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6606permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6607of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6608itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6609have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6610file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6611function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6612the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6613building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6614symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6615nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6616
6617If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6618references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6619reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6620symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6621
6622Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6623@smallexample
6624.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6625@end smallexample
6626In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6627the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6628difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6629references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6630
6631The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6632@smallexample
6633.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6634@end smallexample
6635When @var{name} is not defined within the
6636file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6637@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6638name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6639@end ifset
6640
6641@ifset COFF
6642@node Tag
6643@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6644
6645@cindex COFF structure debugging
6646@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6647@cindex @code{tag} directive
6648This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6649information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6650@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6651definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6652@ifset BOUT
6653
6654@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6655@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6656ignores it.
6657@end ifset
6658@end ifset
6659
6660@node Text
6661@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6662
6663@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6664Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6665the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6666expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6667is used.
6668
6669@node Title
6670@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6671
6672@cindex @code{title} directive
6673@cindex listing control: title line
6674Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6675source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6676
6677This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6678it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6679
c1253627 6680@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6681@node Type
c1253627
NC
6682@section @code{.type}
6683
6684This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6685
6686@ifset COFF
6687@ifset ELF
6688@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6689@subheading COFF Version
6690@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6691
6692@cindex COFF symbol type
6693@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
6694@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
6695For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
6696@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6697
6698@smallexample
6699.type @var{int}
6700@end smallexample
6701
6702This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
6703entry.
252b5132 6704
c91d2e08 6705@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6706@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6707@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
6708directive but ignores it.
6709@end ifset
c1253627 6710@end ifset
c91d2e08 6711
c1253627
NC
6712@ifset ELF
6713@ifset COFF
6714@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6715@subheading ELF Version
6716@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6717
6718@cindex ELF symbol type
6719@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
6720@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
6721For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
6722
6723@smallexample
6724.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
6725@end smallexample
6726
6727This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 6728function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 6729supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 6730compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
6731
6732Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
6733@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
6734below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
6735the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
6736maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
6737assemblers.
6738
6739The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
6740
6741@smallexample
5671778d
NC
6742 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
6743 .type <name>,#<type>
6744 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 6745 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
6746 .type <name>,"<type>"
6747@end smallexample
6748
6749The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 6750
5671778d
NC
6751@table @gcctabopt
6752@item STT_FUNC
6753@itemx function
6754Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 6755
d8045f23
NC
6756@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
6757@itemx gnu_indirect_function
6758Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 6759processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 6760
5671778d
NC
6761@item STT_OBJECT
6762@itemx object
6763Mark the symbol as being a data object.
6764
6765@item STT_TLS
6766@itemx tls_object
6767Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
6768
6769@item STT_COMMON
6770@itemx common
6771Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
6772
6773@item STT_NOTYPE
6774@itemx notype
6775Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
6776
3e7a7d11
NC
6777@item gnu_unique_object
6778Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
6779will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
6780name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
6781systems).
3e7a7d11 6782
5671778d
NC
6783@end table
6784
6785Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 6786
c1253627
NC
6787@end ifset
6788@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6789
6790@node Uleb128
6791@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
6792
6793@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 6794@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 6795compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 6796symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
6797
6798@ifset COFF
6799@node Val
6800@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
6801
6802@cindex @code{val} directive
6803@cindex COFF value attribute
6804@cindex value attribute, COFF
6805This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
6806records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
6807entry.
6808@ifset BOUT
6809
a4fb0134 6810@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
6811configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
6812@end ifset
6813@end ifset
6814
2e13b764 6815@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
6816@node Version
6817@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 6818
c1253627 6819@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6820This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
6821formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 6822@end ifset
2e13b764 6823
c91d2e08
NC
6824@ifset ELF
6825@node VTableEntry
6826@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 6827
653cfe85 6828@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6829This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
6830@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 6831
c91d2e08
NC
6832@node VTableInherit
6833@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 6834
653cfe85 6835@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6836This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
6837@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 6838parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 6839parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 6840@end ifset
2e13b764 6841
d190d046
HPN
6842@node Warning
6843@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
6844@cindex warning directive
6845Similar to the directive @code{.error}
6846(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
6847
c91d2e08
NC
6848@node Weak
6849@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 6850
c1253627 6851@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 6852This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 6853@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 6854
01642c12 6855On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 6856directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
6857@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
6858
977cdf5a 6859On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 6860When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 6861alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 6862
06e77878
AO
6863@node Weakref
6864@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
6865
6866@cindex @code{weakref} directive
6867This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
6868be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
6869If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
6870will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
6871symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
6872
6873The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
6874assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
6875symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
6876resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
6877had the references to the alias removed.
6878
6879The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
6880within the assembler.
6881
252b5132
RH
6882@node Word
6883@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
6884
6885@cindex @code{word} directive
6886This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
6887separated by commas.
6888@ifclear GENERIC
6889@ifset W32
a4fb0134 6890For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6891@end ifset
6892@ifset W16
a4fb0134 6893For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6894@end ifset
6895@end ifclear
6896@ifset GENERIC
6897
6898The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
6899depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
6900@end ifset
6901
6902@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
6903@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
6904@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6905@cindex difference tables altered
6906@cindex altered difference tables
6907@quotation
6908@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
6909@end quotation
6910
6911@ifset GENERIC
6912Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
6913addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
6914interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
6915@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
6916
6917@end ifset
6918In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 6919@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 6920Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 6921compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 6922directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 6923@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6924creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
6925This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
6926first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
6927of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
6928table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
6929contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
6930@code{sym2}.
6931
6932If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
6933secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
6934@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
6935long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
6936and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
6937minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
6938entries in the original jump table as necessary.
6939
6940@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 6941@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
6942@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
6943assembly language programmers.
6944@end ifset
6945@end ifset
6946@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6947
6948@node Deprecated
6949@section Deprecated Directives
6950
6951@cindex deprecated directives
6952@cindex obsolescent directives
6953One day these directives won't work.
6954They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
6955@table @t
6956@item .abort
6957@item .line
6958@end table
6959
3a99f02f
DJ
6960@ifset ELF
6961@node Object Attributes
6962@chapter Object Attributes
6963@cindex object attributes
6964
6965@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
6966into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
6967Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
6968point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
6969requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
6970passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
6971hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
6972generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
6973newer generation at run-time.
6974
6975This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
6976@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
6977time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
6978correctly.
6979
6980Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
6981attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
6982string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
6983and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
6984or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
6985attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
6986
6987Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
6988The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
6989
6990@menu
6991* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6992* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
6993@end menu
6994
6995@node GNU Object Attributes
6996@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6997
6998The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
6999with vendor @samp{gnu}.
7000
7001Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
7002its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
7003an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
70042} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
7005architecture-dependent ones.
7006
7007@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
7008
7009These attributes are valid on all architectures.
7010
7011@table @r
7012@item Tag_compatibility (32)
7013The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
7014the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
7015then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
7016than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
7017arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
7018@end table
7019
7020@subsection MIPS Attributes
7021
7022@table @r
7023@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
7024The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7025
7026@itemize @bullet
7027@item
70280 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7029@item
70301 for files using the hardware floating-point with a standard double-precision
7031FPU.
7032@item
70332 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
7034@item
70353 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a
TS
7036@item
70374 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit wide
7038double-precision floating-point registers and 32-bit wide general
7039purpose registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
7040@end itemize
7041@end table
7042
7043@subsection PowerPC Attributes
7044
7045@table @r
7046@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
7047The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7048
7049@itemize @bullet
7050@item
70510 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7052@item
3c7b9897 70531 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7054@item
70552 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
7056@item
70573 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7058@end itemize
7059
7060@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
7061The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7062
7063@itemize @bullet
7064@item
70650 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7066@item
70671 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
7068@item
70692 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
7070@item
70713 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
7072@end itemize
7073@end table
7074
7075@node Defining New Object Attributes
7076@section Defining New Object Attributes
7077
7078If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
7079will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
7080mailing list.
7081
7082@itemize @bullet
7083@item
7084This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
7085@item
7086The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
7087@item
7088The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
7089and issue any appropriate link warnings.
7090@item
7091Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
7092@item
7093@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
7094@item
7095GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
7096@end itemize
7097
7098@end ifset
7099
252b5132
RH
7100@ifset GENERIC
7101@node Machine Dependencies
7102@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7103
7104@cindex machine dependencies
7105The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
7106each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
7107vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
7108directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
7109assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 7110@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
7111optimization.
7112
7113This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
7114include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
7115subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
7116
7117@menu
a06ea964
NC
7118@ifset AARCH64
7119* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
7120@end ifset
625e1353
RH
7121@ifset ALPHA
7122* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
7123@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7124@ifset ARC
7125* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
7126@end ifset
7127@ifset ARM
7128* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
7129@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
7130@ifset AVR
7131* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
7132@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
7133@ifset Blackfin
7134* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 7135@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
7136@ifset CR16
7137* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
7138@end ifset
8bf549a8 7139@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
7140* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
7141@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7142@ifset D10V
7143* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
7144@end ifset
7145@ifset D30V
7146* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
7147@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
7148@ifset EPIPHANY
7149* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
7150@end ifset
252b5132 7151@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 7152* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 7153@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7154@ifset HPPA
7155* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
7156@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
7157@ifset I370
7158* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
7159@end ifset
252b5132 7160@ifset I80386
55b62671 7161* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7162@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
7163@ifset I860
7164* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
7165@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7166@ifset I960
7167* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
7168@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
7169@ifset IA64
7170* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
7171@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
7172@ifset IP2K
7173* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
7174@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
7175@ifset LM32
7176* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7177@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7178@ifset M32C
7179* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7180@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7181@ifset M32R
7182* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7183@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7184@ifset M680X0
7185* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7186@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7187@ifset M68HC11
7188* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7189@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
7190@ifset METAG
7191* Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features
7192@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7193@ifset MICROBLAZE
7194* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7195@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7196@ifset MIPS
7197* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7198@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7199@ifset MMIX
7200* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7201@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7202@ifset MSP430
7203* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7204@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
7205@ifset NDS32
7206* NDS32-Dependent:: Andes NDS32 Dependent Features
7207@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
7208@ifset NIOSII
7209* NiosII-Dependent:: Altera Nios II Dependent Features
7210@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7211@ifset NS32K
7212* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7213@end ifset
252b5132 7214@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
7215* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
7216* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7217@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7218@ifset PDP11
7219* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7220@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7221@ifset PJ
7222* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7223@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7224@ifset PPC
7225* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7226@end ifset
99c513f6
DD
7227@ifset RL78
7228* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7229@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7230@ifset RX
7231* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7232@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7233@ifset S390
7234* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7235@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7236@ifset SCORE
7237* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7238@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7239@ifset SPARC
7240* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7241@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7242@ifset TIC54X
7243* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7244@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7245@ifset TIC6X
7246* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7247@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7248@ifset TILEGX
7249* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7250@end ifset
7251@ifset TILEPRO
7252* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7253@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7254@ifset V850
7255* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7256@end ifset
f6c1a2d5
NC
7257@ifset XGATE
7258* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Features
7259@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7260@ifset XSTORMY16
7261* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7262@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7263@ifset XTENSA
7264* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7265@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7266@ifset Z80
7267* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7268@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7269@ifset Z8000
7270* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7271@end ifset
7272@ifset VAX
7273* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7274@end ifset
7275@end menu
7276
7277@lowersections
7278@end ifset
7279
7280@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7281@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7282@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7283@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7284@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7285@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7286@c in both conditional blocks.
7287
a06ea964
NC
7288@ifset AARCH64
7289@include c-aarch64.texi
7290@end ifset
7291
625e1353
RH
7292@ifset ALPHA
7293@include c-alpha.texi
7294@end ifset
7295
7296@ifset ARC
7297@include c-arc.texi
7298@end ifset
7299
252b5132
RH
7300@ifset ARM
7301@include c-arm.texi
7302@end ifset
7303
8473f7a4
DC
7304@ifset AVR
7305@include c-avr.texi
7306@end ifset
7307
3b4e1885 7308@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7309@include c-bfin.texi
7310@end ifset
7311
3d3d428f
NC
7312@ifset CR16
7313@include c-cr16.texi
7314@end ifset
7315
328eb32e
HPN
7316@ifset CRIS
7317@include c-cris.texi
7318@end ifset
7319
c2dcd04e 7320@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7321@ifclear GENERIC
7322@node Machine Dependencies
7323@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7324
c2dcd04e 7325The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7326and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7327chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7328family.
7329
7330@menu
c2dcd04e 7331* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7332* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7333@end menu
7334@lowersections
7335@end ifclear
7336@end ifset
7337
7338@ifset D10V
7339@include c-d10v.texi
7340@end ifset
7341
7342@ifset D30V
7343@include c-d30v.texi
7344@end ifset
7345
cfb8c092
NC
7346@ifset EPIPHANY
7347@include c-epiphany.texi
7348@end ifset
7349
252b5132
RH
7350@ifset H8/300
7351@include c-h8300.texi
7352@end ifset
7353
252b5132
RH
7354@ifset HPPA
7355@include c-hppa.texi
7356@end ifset
7357
5b93d8bb
AM
7358@ifset I370
7359@include c-i370.texi
7360@end ifset
7361
252b5132
RH
7362@ifset I80386
7363@include c-i386.texi
7364@end ifset
7365
e3308d0d
JE
7366@ifset I860
7367@include c-i860.texi
7368@end ifset
7369
252b5132
RH
7370@ifset I960
7371@include c-i960.texi
7372@end ifset
7373
9e32ca89
NC
7374@ifset IA64
7375@include c-ia64.texi
7376@end ifset
7377
a40cbfa3
NC
7378@ifset IP2K
7379@include c-ip2k.texi
7380@end ifset
7381
84e94c90
NC
7382@ifset LM32
7383@include c-lm32.texi
7384@end ifset
7385
49f58d10
JB
7386@ifset M32C
7387@include c-m32c.texi
7388@end ifset
7389
ec694b89
NC
7390@ifset M32R
7391@include c-m32r.texi
7392@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7393
7394@ifset M680X0
7395@include c-m68k.texi
7396@end ifset
7397
60bcf0fa
NC
7398@ifset M68HC11
7399@include c-m68hc11.texi
7400@end ifset
7401
a3c62988
NC
7402@ifset METAG
7403@include c-metag.texi
7404@end ifset
7405
01642c12 7406@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7407@include c-microblaze.texi
7408@end ifset
7409
252b5132
RH
7410@ifset MIPS
7411@include c-mips.texi
7412@end ifset
7413
3c3bdf30
NC
7414@ifset MMIX
7415@include c-mmix.texi
7416@end ifset
7417
2469cfa2
NC
7418@ifset MSP430
7419@include c-msp430.texi
7420@end ifset
7421
35c08157
KLC
7422@ifset NDS32
7423@include c-nds32.texi
7424@end ifset
7425
36591ba1
SL
7426@ifset NIOSII
7427@include c-nios2.texi
7428@end ifset
7429
252b5132
RH
7430@ifset NS32K
7431@include c-ns32k.texi
7432@end ifset
7433
e135f41b
NC
7434@ifset PDP11
7435@include c-pdp11.texi
7436@end ifset
7437
041dd5a9
ILT
7438@ifset PJ
7439@include c-pj.texi
7440@end ifset
7441
418c1742
MG
7442@ifset PPC
7443@include c-ppc.texi
7444@end ifset
7445
99c513f6
DD
7446@ifset RL78
7447@include c-rl78.texi
7448@end ifset
7449
046d31c2
NC
7450@ifset RX
7451@include c-rx.texi
7452@end ifset
7453
11c19e16
MS
7454@ifset S390
7455@include c-s390.texi
7456@end ifset
7457
c0157db4
NC
7458@ifset SCORE
7459@include c-score.texi
7460@end ifset
7461
252b5132
RH
7462@ifset SH
7463@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7464@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7465@end ifset
7466
7467@ifset SPARC
7468@include c-sparc.texi
7469@end ifset
7470
39bec121
TW
7471@ifset TIC54X
7472@include c-tic54x.texi
7473@end ifset
7474
40b36596
JM
7475@ifset TIC6X
7476@include c-tic6x.texi
7477@end ifset
7478
aa137e4d
NC
7479@ifset TILEGX
7480@include c-tilegx.texi
7481@end ifset
7482
7483@ifset TILEPRO
7484@include c-tilepro.texi
7485@end ifset
7486
3c9b82ba
NC
7487@ifset Z80
7488@include c-z80.texi
7489@end ifset
7490
252b5132
RH
7491@ifset Z8000
7492@include c-z8k.texi
7493@end ifset
7494
7495@ifset VAX
7496@include c-vax.texi
7497@end ifset
7498
7499@ifset V850
7500@include c-v850.texi
7501@end ifset
7502
f6c1a2d5
NC
7503@ifset XGATE
7504@include c-xgate.texi
7505@end ifset
7506
6753e72f
NC
7507@ifset XSTORMY16
7508@include c-xstormy16.texi
7509@end ifset
7510
e0001a05
NC
7511@ifset XTENSA
7512@include c-xtensa.texi
7513@end ifset
7514
252b5132
RH
7515@ifset GENERIC
7516@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7517@raisesections
7518@end ifset
7519
7520@node Reporting Bugs
7521@chapter Reporting Bugs
7522@cindex bugs in assembler
7523@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7524
a4fb0134 7525Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7526
7527Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7528not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7529entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7530Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7531
7532In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7533information that enables us to fix the bug.
7534
7535@menu
7536* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7537* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7538@end menu
7539
7540@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7541@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7542@cindex bug criteria
7543
7544If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7545
7546@itemize @bullet
7547@cindex fatal signal
7548@cindex assembler crash
7549@cindex crash of assembler
7550@item
7551If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7552@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7553
7554@cindex error on valid input
7555@item
a4fb0134 7556If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7557
7558@cindex invalid input
7559@item
a4fb0134 7560If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7561is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7562be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7563
7564@item
7565If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7566of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7567@end itemize
7568
7569@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7570@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7571@cindex bug reports
7572@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7573
7574A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7575you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7576contact that organization first.
7577
7578You can find contact information for many support companies and
7579individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7580distribution.
7581
ad22bfe8 7582@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7583In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7584to @value{BUGURL}.
7585@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7586
7587The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7588@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7589fact or leave it out, state it!
7590
7591Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7592and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7593name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7594not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7595happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7596perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7597the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7598give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7599and the most helpful.
7600
7601Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7602it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7603that the bug has not been reported previously.
7604
7605Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7606bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7607respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7608You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7609
7610To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7611
7612@itemize @bullet
7613@item
a4fb0134 7614The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
7615it with the @samp{--version} argument.
7616
7617Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 7618the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7619
7620@item
a4fb0134 7621Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
7622
7623@item
7624The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7625version number.
7626
7627@item
a4fb0134 7628What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
7629``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
7630
7631@item
7632The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
7633observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
7634all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
7635
7636If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7637and then we might not encounter the bug.
7638
7639@item
7640A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
7641the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
7642high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
7643when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
7644the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
7645file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 7646@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
7647
7648@item
7649A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7650incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7651
a4fb0134 7652Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
7653will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7654notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
7655make a mistake.
7656
7657Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
7658explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 7659@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
7660library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
7661would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
7662would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
7663expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
7664observations.
7665
7666@item
a4fb0134 7667If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
7668diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
7669option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 7670discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
7671by line number.
7672
7673The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
7674sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
7675@end itemize
7676
7677Here are some things that are not necessary:
7678
7679@itemize @bullet
7680@item
7681A description of the envelope of the bug.
7682
7683Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
7684which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
7685changes will not affect it.
7686
7687This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
7688will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
7689with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
7690We recommend that you save your time for something else.
7691
7692Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
7693of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
7694output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
7695less time, and so on.
7696
7697However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
7698report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
7699
7700@item
7701A patch for the bug.
7702
7703A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
7704the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
7705a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
7706to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
7707
a4fb0134 7708Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
7709construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
7710the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
7711one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
7712
7713And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
7714patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
7715help us to understand.
7716
7717@item
7718A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
7719
7720Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
7721things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
7722@end itemize
7723
7724@node Acknowledgements
7725@chapter Acknowledgements
7726
653cfe85 7727If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 7728it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12 7729maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
3bfcb652
NC
7730@c (October 2012),
7731the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}).
252b5132
RH
7732
7733Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
7734more details?}
7735
7736Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
7737information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
7738extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
7739
7740K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
7741many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
7742up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
7743testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
7744including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
7745and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
7746support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
7747port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
7748file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
7749assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
7750
7751Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
7752in format-specific I/O modules.
7753
7754The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
7755has done much work with it since.
7756
7757The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
7758
7759Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
7760
7761The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
7762University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
7763
7764Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
7765(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
7766(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
7767support a.out format.
7768
7be1c489
AM
7769Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
7770tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
7771Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
7772use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
7773targets.
7774
7775John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
7776simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
7777updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 7778fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
7779remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
7780cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
7781required the proverbial one-bit fix.
7782
7783Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
778468k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
7785added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
7786PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
7787
653cfe85 7788Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
7789
7790Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
7791
7792Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
7793along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
7794formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
7795the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
7796
7797Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
7798Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
7799Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
7800Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
7801and some initial 64-bit support).
7802
c1253627 7803Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 7804
252b5132
RH
7805Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
7806support for openVMS/Alpha.
7807
39bec121
TW
7808Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
7809flavors.
7810
e0001a05 7811David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 7812Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 7813
252b5132
RH
7814Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
7815configuration enhancements.
7816
84e94c90
NC
7817Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
7818
252b5132
RH
7819Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
7820you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
7821want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
7822intentionally leaving anyone out.
7823
793c5807
NC
7824@node GNU Free Documentation License
7825@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 7826@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 7827
370b66a1
CD
7828@node AS Index
7829@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
7830
7831@printindex cp
7832
252b5132
RH
7833@bye
7834@c Local Variables:
7835@c fill-column: 79
7836@c End:
This page took 1.422703 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.